The full text on this page is automatically extracted from the file linked above and may contain errors and inconsistencies.
1 1 2 3 FINANCIAL CRISIS INQUIRY COMMISSION 4 5 Official Transcript 6 Hearing on "The Shadow Banking System" 7 Thursday, May 6, 2010 8 Dirksen Senate Office Building, Room 538 9 Washington, D.C. 10 9:00 A.M. 11 12 COMMISSIONERS 13 PHIL ANGELIDES, Chairman 14 HON. BILL THOMAS, Vice Chairman 15 BROOKSLEY BORN, Commissioner 16 BYRON S. GEORGIOU, Commissioner 17 HON. BOB GRAHAM, Commissioner 18 KEITH HENNESSEY, Commissioner 19 DOUGLAS HOLTZ-EAKIN, Commissioner 20 HEATHER H. MURREN, Commissioner 21 JOHN W. THOMPSON, Commissioner 22 PETER J. WALLISON, Commissioner 23 24 Reported by: 25 PAGES 1 - 329 JANE W. BEACH 2 1 Session I; Perspective of the Shadow Banking System 2 HENRY M. PAULSON, JR., Former Secretary 3 U.S. Department of the Treasury 4 Session II: Perspective on the Shadow Banking System 5 TIMOTHY F. GEITHNER, Secretary, 6 U.S. Department of the Treasury 7 Former President, Federal Reserve Bank 8 of New York 9 10 Session 3: Institutions Participating in the Shadow Banking System: 11 MICHAEL A. NEAL, Vice Chairman, G.E. and 12 Chairman and CEO, G.E. Capital 13 MARK S. BARBER, Vice President and 14 Assistant Treasurer, G.E. Capital 15 PAUL A. McCULLEY, Managing Director 16 PIMCO 17 STEVEN R. MEIER, Chief Investment Officer 18 State Street 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 3 1 P R O C E E D I N G S 2 CHAIRMAN ANGELIDES: Good morning. Welcome to 3 the second day of hearings by the Financial Crisis Inquiry 4 Commission. 5 As the members know and as the public know who 6 have been watching us, we have been exploring the shadow 7 banking system in this country and its effect on the 8 financial and economic crisis which has gripped this nation. 9 We have been focusing on the growth, development of this 10 system and the risks posed by it. 11 As we've said before, while there's significant 12 interest, obviously, in what was done to rescue various 13 financial institutions in the midst of the financial crisis, 14 the charge of this Commission is to examine the causes of 15 the crisis and to explore how risks to the system developed 16 in the first place, what could have been done, what should 17 have been done to prevent those risks from coming into 18 being. 19 We have a full day of hearing again today. 20 We are joined first of all this morning by former 21 Secretary of the Treasury, Henry Paulson. 22 no further ado, we will begin this hearing. 23 24 25 And really, with Unless, Mr. Chairman, you'd like to make an opening remark also. VICE CHAIRMAN THOMAS: No. I would just like to 4 1 say that yesterday was useful. 2 to be useful. 3 Today has a real opportunity I cannot recall in my four decades in which we 4 have two witnesses, both of whom were former secretaries of 5 the Treasury, one who had a background on Wall Street in one 6 of the major firms and the other secretary having a position 7 in the Federal Reserve in New York, so that we get a full 8 understanding based upon our ability to ask questions of 9 both sides of the street from two different perspectives 10 over a period of time which is obviously, as we now know in 11 retrospect, very significant in the history of the United 12 States. And so I look forward to the testimony. 13 Thank you, Mr. Chairman. 14 CHAIRMAN ANGELIDES: 15 16 Thank you, Mr. Vice Chairman. And as the Vice Chairman indicated, we will start 17 today hearing from former Secretary Paulson. 18 hear from Secretary of the Treasury Mr. Geithner. 19 we will have a panel later in the afternoon with 20 participants in the shadow banking system from GE Capital to 21 PIMCO to State Street Bank. 22 We will then And then With no further ado, Mr. Paulson, thank you for 23 being here this morning. I'd like to ask you to stand for 24 what is a customary oath of office that we administer to 25 everyone who appears before us. 5 1 2 If you would please raise your hand as I administer the oath. 3 Do you solemnly swear or affirm under penalty of 4 perjury that the testimony you are about to provide the 5 Commission will be the truth, the whole truth, and nothing 6 but the truth to the best of your knowledge? 7 Mr. Paulson. I do. 8 (Witness sworn.) 9 CHAIRMAN ANGELIDES: 10 Thank you very much. Mr. Paulson, we have received your written 11 testimony, and we appreciate it very much. 12 like to ask you now to--we'd like to give you the 13 opportunity, and we'd like to obviously hear an oral 14 presentation by you. 15 time that you keep that presentation to no more than ten 16 minutes. 17 And we would We've asked in consideration of the I know you're familiar with testifying up here on 18 the Hill so you probably know there's a light on that box 19 that goes to yellow with one minute, to red when time is up. 20 And if you'd make sure your mike is on, you may commence. 21 WITNESS PAULSON: Chairman Angelides, Vice 22 Chairman Thomas, and members of the Commission, thank you 23 for the opportunity to testify today. 24 25 I served as Secretary of the Treasury during the recent financial crisis. I am proud of the work we in 6 1 government did to save our nation's financial system from 2 collapse and chaos and our economy from disaster. 3 the crisis caused human suffering that simply cannot be 4 measured. 5 Even so, The American people deserve, and policy makers 6 will benefit from, an understanding of the broad and diverse 7 causes of the crisis. 8 falls to this Commission, and it is an awesome 9 responsibility. 10 The job of providing that explanation Many mistakes were made by all market 11 participants, including financial institutions, investors, 12 regulators and the rating agencies, as well as by policy 13 makers. 14 importantly, policy makers are currently addressing some 15 major regulatory structure and authority issues that allow 16 the pre-2007 regulatory structure and authority issues that 17 either--excuse me. 18 Most of these are well understood. And Policy makers are currently addressing these 19 regulatory structures that either allowed the pre-2007 20 excesses in our system or made it difficult to address the 21 crisis. 22 being addressed and remain sources of danger to our country. 23 I fully support your important mission and I hope 24 25 Nevertheless, a number of the root causes are not that my testimony today can assist it. The roots of the financial crisis trace back to 7 1 several factors, including housing policy, global capital 2 flows, over-leveraged financial institutions, poor consumer 3 protection, and an archaic and outmoded financial regulatory 4 system, among many other causes. 5 a housing bubble. 6 decisions shaped the home mortgage market. Underlying the crisis was And it is clear that several policy 7 Excesses in that market eventually led to a 8 significant decline in home prices and a surge of loan 9 defaults, which caused tremendous losses in the financial 10 system, triggered a contraction of credit, and put many 11 Americans quite literally out on the street. 12 were driven in large part by housing policy. 13 These excesses From 1994 to 2006 home ownership soared from an 14 already spectacular 64 percent of U.S. households to a 15 staggering 69 percent, due to the combined weight of a 16 number of government policies and programs. 17 Freddie Mac, the government sponsored enterprises, comprised 18 a central part of the U.S. housing policy. 19 operated under an inherently flawed model of private profit 20 backed by public support, which encouraged risky revenue 21 seeking and ultimately led to significant taxpayer losses. 22 Fannie Mae and The GSEs The United States has always encouraged home 23 ownership, and rightfully so. Home ownership builds wealth, 24 stabilizes neighborhoods, creates jobs, and promotes 25 economic growth. But it must be pursued responsibly. The 8 1 right person must be matched to the right house and 2 consequently the right home loan. 3 the crisis we lost that discipline. 4 And in the years before The over-stimulation of the housing market caused 5 by government policy was exacerbated by other problems of 6 that market. 7 five percent of total mortgages in 1994 to twenty percent by 8 2006. 9 Subprime mortgages went from accounting for Consumer protection, including state regulation 10 of mortgage origination, was spotty, inconsistent, and in 11 some cases non-existent. 12 led to increasingly risky loans, including far too many home 13 loans made with no money down. 14 Speculation on rising home prices Securitization separated originators from the 15 risk of the products they originated. Mortgage fraud 16 increased and predatory lenders and unscrupulous brokers 17 pushed increasingly complex mortgages to unsuspecting 18 borrowers. 19 The result was a housing bubble that eventually 20 burst in a far more spectacular fashion than most previous 21 bubbles. 22 Global forces also played a significant role in 23 causing the crisis. 24 to massive and destabilizing cross-border capital flows. 25 Imbalances in the world's economies led While other nations save, Americans spend. 9 1 Consumption in this country is the norm, spurred on by low 2 interest rates, aided by capital flowing from 3 countries--notably China and Japan, which have high savings 4 and low shares of domestic consumption--and further 5 encouraged by U.S. tax laws that discourage saving. 6 We are living beyond our means on borrowed money 7 and borrowed time. Consumers, businesses and financial 8 institutions all over-extended and over-leveraged themselves 9 with inevitably disastrous results while our federal and 10 state governments continued to borrow heavily, jeopardizing 11 their long term fiscal flexibility. 12 Our financial institutions, including commercial 13 and investment banks, were notable examples of this over- 14 leveraging. 15 sufficient high quality capital, which left them unable to 16 absorb the significant losses they incurred as the housing 17 bubble burst. 18 liquidity positions fully. 19 cash equivalents, and instead relied overly on short-term 20 funding sources that ran dry as the credit markets 21 contracted. 22 In general these institutions did not maintain Many of them did not understand their They held insufficient cash and These leverage problems were further exacerbated 23 by a lack of transparency, which caused problems in subprime 24 to affect other classes of assets. 25 scare, a relatively small batch of deadly products secured Like a tainted food 10 1 by subprime mortgages led to fear and panic in the markets 2 for many mortgage securitizations, driving down the price of 3 assets which triggered huge losses and severe liquidity 4 problems. 5 Derivative contracts, including excessively 6 complex financial products, exacerbated the problems. 7 instruments embedded leverage in the institutions' balance 8 sheets, along with risk which was so obscured that at times 9 they were not fully understood by investors, creditors, 10 rating agency regulators, or the management themselves. 11 These Very importantly, a number of financial 12 institutions had woefully inadequate risk management and 13 liquidity management practices that allowed these problems 14 to grow and intensify, in a number of cases leading to 15 failure of the institution. 16 Compounding the problems at these financial 17 institutions was a financial regulatory system that was 18 archaic and outmoded. 19 a different time for a different system, and it has not kept 20 pace with the rapid changes in the financial industry. Our regulatory framework was built at 21 I noted during my time at Treasury the enormous 22 gaps in this authority, duplication of responsibility, and 23 unhealthy jurisdictional competition. 24 had responsibility for overseeing the stability of the 25 system. No single regulator 11 1 The result was that regulators were often unable 2 to supervise the firms they oversaw adequately. 3 not see the impending systemic problems that progressed 4 towards the crisis. 5 all the harms that unfolded as institutions began to 6 collapse. 7 They did They did not have the tools to contain In March of 2008 this led me to recommend a 8 blueprint for a major reform of our financial regulatory 9 system after a year-long comprehensive review. 10 I will turn now to the specific topics of today's 11 hearing, the shadow banking system, a term that refers to 12 the large capital and credit markets outside the traditional 13 banking system that provide credit for municipal 14 governments, corporations and individuals, for short, 15 intermediate and long-term funding needs. 16 Before the crisis these markets satisfied at 17 least half of the consumer and business credit needs and are 18 one of the hallmarks of our advanced and highly developed 19 capital markets. 20 spurred growth and prosperity at all levels of our economy. 21 They have greatly benefited our nation, They have enabled more people to receive higher 22 education, more people to purchase homes, more people to 23 start new businesses, and more people to plan effectively 24 for their children's future. 25 choice, stimulated job creation, and allowed our system to They have increased consumer 12 1 diversify away from the large concentrated banks found in 2 other capital markets. 3 But like all activities in the financial sector, 4 these markets were fueled by the global excesses and 5 regulatory flaws I've already discussed. 6 hit the stress it placed on these markets exposed many of 7 these flaws. 8 exacerbated some of the effects of the crisis. 9 problems must be addressed. When the crisis And these flaws in turn extended and These Our financial system cannot 10 move forward without fortifying the weak parts of its 11 infrastructure. 12 In my written testimony I have addressed some 13 specific areas of concern and my suggestions for reform. 14 list is not exhaustive, and there are certainly other 15 problem areas in need of scrutiny. 16 problems, however, we must make sure we retain the benefits 17 of the underlying financial innovations. 18 My In addressing these In our haste to deal with the flaws in the non- 19 bank financial system we should not move ourselves back to a 20 system of consolidated monolithic commercial banks. 21 confident that a thoughtful process can achieve this. 22 23 Thank you. And I'd be pleased to answer any questions. 24 25 I am CHAIRMAN ANGELIDES: Secretary. Thank you very much, Mr. 13 1 We will now commence the questioning by members. 2 And we will start with me, and then the Vice Chair, and then 3 the balance of the members. 4 And I might say just one thing I noted yesterday. 5 And that is Commissioner Born and Commissioner Holtz-Eakin 6 have served as lead Commissioners for this series of 7 hearings and have done an excellent job, and I wanted to 8 note that. 9 Mr. Secretary, I have a number of questions for 10 you. What I would like to--and they really focus on the 11 run-up to the crisis. 12 There has been, as I said in my opening remarks, 13 a lot of fascination with the bail-out, how the financial 14 system was stabilized. 15 Commissioners, the real question is how do we come to point 16 where the only options were either allow the financial 17 system to collapse or to commit trillions of dollars of 18 taxpayers dollars. 19 But for me, and I suspect some other What I'd like to do to start, though, this 20 morning is ask you just a couple of questions with respect 21 to your role at Goldman before you became Treasury 22 Secretary, and then move on to your role as Treasury 23 Secretary. 24 During the time you were the CEO of Goldman from 25 January 1st, 2004 through June 1st, 2006, Goldman issued 19 14 1 synthetic subprime CDOs, totaling about $8.4 billion. 2 Let me first ask you, because this goes to the 3 shadow banking system, it goes to the system as a whole, 4 what's your sense, if any, of the--what's your sense of the 5 value, if any, of synthetic CDOs in our financial system? 6 Do they provide any real capital or benefit to the system, 7 or are they merely a device for betting in terms of results 8 on the system? 9 that provide capital and liquidity of benefit to the real 10 11 Are they bets or are they actually devices economy? WITNESS PAULSON: Mr. Chairman, a number of times 12 I have said that I believe that we had excessive complexity 13 in financial products, and that as I think about it, it's 14 very hard to regulate against innovation. 15 I think one--one of the things that I've 16 recommended for a number of years now is that when we look 17 at some of these complex derivative products, some of these 18 products that regulators make sure that we have real 19 substantial capital charges against these products. 20 Now in terms of the deals you're talking about, I 21 don't remember the particulars of those particular products. 22 CHAIRMAN ANGELIDES: Do you think that they 23 provide--just the core issue: Do you believe they provide 24 real benefit to the financial system and to the economy, the 25 real economy as a whole, or are they just outside bets that 15 1 -- 2 WITNESS PAULSON: Well, I would say this: To get 3 at market-making--because I think there's been a lot of 4 discussion about market making--and one of the things I 5 saw--and again I haven't been in the business for four 6 years--but one of the things I saw was that clients 7 increasingly were asking Goldman Sachs and other banks to 8 provide capital and to help them manage risk. 9 just many examples of that. 10 And there are And, you know that business I think is a very 11 legitimate business, a very beneficial business. 12 needs to be done with very high standards, great integrity, 13 and in a way in which you're working for your clients' 14 interests. 15 And it And I was, you know, thinking this morning about 16 this hearing and thinking of all of the situations where a 17 client, you know, a major sovereign nation was worried about 18 the prices of oil rising and would come to an investment 19 bank and look for a way of protecting themselves against 20 that risk. 21 the prices--the oil prices going up. 22 would be more concerned about oil prices going down. 23 Or an airline that was worried about, you know, The sovereign nation So there are many situations where customers want 24 their investment banks to help them manage risk. 25 think that's a very legitimate function. And I 16 1 CHAIRMAN ANGELIDES: Do you think it's legitimate 2 if there's no underlying interest, like you mentioned the 3 underlying interest: 4 fuel, other entities that may have, you know, a commodity 5 against which they may hedge because they utilize it. 6 obviously airline company with oil WITNESS PAULSON: Well, I would say this: I 7 think of all of the times when I was in the business where 8 we employed hedges. 9 of prudent risk management is firms hedging securities that 10 I actually think best practice in terms they have on their balance sheet. 11 CHAIRMAN ANGELIDES: 12 WITNESS PAULSON: All right. I think of underwritings of 13 securities where the investment bankers or bankers needed to 14 take a short position which was part of the offering process 15 to make sure that there is a stable market. 16 You know, there are--you know, in the housing 17 there's no reason why that someone who wants to put in a 18 hedge in terms of protecting themselves against housing 19 prices going one way or another shouldn't be able to do so. 20 To me that's a very important function of a market-maker. 21 So I think what we want to do is we want to 22 separate the function and the market making function, which 23 needs to be done with the very highest standards, the very 24 highest not only in terms of compliance with the laws but 25 doing it in a way which it inspires and keeps client trust, 17 1 and separate that from, you know, from activity that is not 2 done properly. 3 And investment banks or banks can make mistakes, 4 commit fraud in a whole variety of areas. 5 on the legitimate role that market making plays in the 6 capital market. 7 CHAIRMAN ANGELIDES: All right. But let's focus Let me ask you a 8 very quick question because I want to get to the meat of 9 this in terms of your role as Treasury Secretary, the run-up 10 to the crisis. 11 But let me ask you one quick question since you 12 raised the standards of conduct. 13 much in the role as a market maker. 14 not going to refer to a specific case that's been lodged by 15 the SEC against Goldman. 16 And I want to ask not so But obviously--and I'm But do you think it's appropriate when an entity 17 is underwriting a security that it would contemporaneously 18 bet against that security on issuance? 19 Improper? 20 WITNESS PAULSON: Is that appropriate? Well, I would just simply say 21 that any transaction that is done in a marketplace has got 22 to be done with the highest standards, fair dealing, and 23 making appropriate disclosures. 24 25 Now in terms of--when you say betting against or shorting, as I said, I can think of, you know, when I was in 18 1 the business we managed--we sold securities in the public 2 market. 3 process. 4 position. 5 That was a legitimate function and it's done to make sure 6 there's a stable market. You sold securities as part of an underwriting 7 The syndicate or the underwriter had a short Okay? Is that betting against the security? Frankly, every one of these market making 8 transactions where--or many of them--the client or the 9 customer expects the banker to take the other side of the 10 trade to help them manage risk, commit capital. 11 12 CHAIRMAN ANGELIDES: in your mind -- 13 WITNESS PAULSON: 14 CHAIRMAN ANGELIDES: 15 WITNESS PAULSON: Complete disclosure is what I said appropriate disclosure is what I think. 18 19 Well -- you think is elemental. 16 17 And so complete disclosure CHAIRMAN ANGELIDES: All right. All right. Well, I don't want to put words in your mouth. 20 Okay. Let's move on. I wanted to just ask about 21 this. Let me talk about Treasury Secretary. 22 know, but the Treasury Department, according to the website, 23 is responsible for--quote: 24 25 Obviously you "...ensuring the financial security of the United States." 19 1 You were head of the President's Working Group on 2 Financial Markets and in that regard did bring forward the 3 blueprint plan. 4 But one of the things I'm trying to get to is 5 what didn't we know. 6 future crises, we can have organizational structures, but 7 the real question is are we going to be able to pick up on 8 the warning signs. 9 And looking forward to the risk of You note in your book that there was the August 10 17th meeting, I think, a couple of months after you get 11 appointed where you indicated in that meeting, August 17th 12 at Camp David, that--quote: 13 "My number one concern was the likelihood of a 14 financial crisis. 15 disruption." I was convinced we were due for another 16 So here's what I want to ask you. 17 By the end of 2006 the leverage ratios at, you 18 know, Bear Stearns have hit 32 to 1, Goldman 31 to 1, Morgan 19 Stanley, 36 to 1, Lehman Brothers 34 to 1--not counting for 20 balance sheet management. 21 In the spring of '07, which is obviously a little 22 later than that date when you were at Camp David, the ratio 23 of level three assets, the liquid assets, assets that are 24 hard to price because there's no discernable market price, 25 at Bear Stearns are 269 percent of tangible common equity, 20 1 at Lehman 243, at Goldman 200, at Morgan Stanley 266. 2 investment banks--and just as a set; they're not necessarily 3 unique--have been growing like weeds: 4 a year compounded annual growth rate, Morgan Stanley about 5 15 percent, Merrill Lynch 18 percent. 6 The At Goldman 26 percent And as you point out in your testimony, there are 7 warning signs that abound. 8 trying to fight, in early 2000 before you become Treasury 9 Secretary, deceptive and unfair lending. 10 preempted by the OCC. 11 epidemic of mortgage fraud. 12 States all over the country were They were In 2004 the FBI warns about an I held this up yesterday. The Economist has an 13 article cover called Housing Prices After the Fall, which is 14 in 2005. 15 closer at hand; it's not going to be pretty. 16 current housing boom ends could decide the course of the 17 entire world economy over the next few years. 18 prices are moving up in 2003 at eleven percent; 2004 fifteen 19 percent, 2005, fifteen percent. 20 21 22 The lead of the story says the day of reckoning is How the Housing You note in your testimony that subprime lending has exploded to be 20 percent of the market. And by 2006 mortgage debt between 2000 and 2006 23 has doubled in this country. We have borrowed more in those 24 six years in mortgage debt than the whole 225 years in this 25 country's history. 21 1 There's knowledge of the opaque natures of 2 derivatives. 3 in the market. 4 There's knowledge of a lot of the instruments So here's my fundamental question: What didn't 5 you and other policy makers know when you came into office-- 6 I guess my question is: 7 that would have allowed both policy makers and corporate 8 leaders to begin to mitigate risk? 9 What was the missing information WITNESS PAULSON: Well, Mr. Chairman, I think 10 with all due respect I began immediately to work to mitigate 11 risk--that within the confines of the fact that Treasury 12 Secretary has no direct responsibility for regulating 13 entities or markets. 14 But as you noted, I saw immediately the huge 15 gaping holes in the regulatory system. 16 several actions immediately. 17 And so I took Number one, regular quarterly meetings of the 18 President's Working Group so regulators could immediately 19 begin sharing information; figuring out how to work together 20 to fill in the gaps. 21 Now there was work done there right away on 22 looking at the margin requirements that--and the amount of 23 credit extended between the, for instance, the regulated 24 entities and hedge funds. 25 later. I can come back to that more 22 1 Secondly, I immediately started working with 2 Congress to complete regulatory reform legislation for 3 Fannie and Freddie, which had been stalled by politics for 4 years. 5 review. 6 pressing market participants to strengthen their 7 infrastructure in areas like OTC derivatives, areas like 8 that. 9 So I think we were on it. 10 And then I commenced this review, this regulatory And out of this review came the blueprint. And then ultimately we came out with the blueprint. Now in terms of the excesses you talked about, 11 they are there. 12 away. 13 14 It came You couldn't push a button and have them go The bad loans have been made. CHAIRMAN ANGELIDES: We had -- Was the toothpaste out of the tube by the time you arrived, in your estimate -- 15 WITNESS PAULSON: 16 CHAIRMAN ANGELIDES: --to coin a phrase that was 17 18 I would say -- used thirty-some years ago by someone else? WITNESS PAULSON: I would say most of the 19 toothpaste was out of the tube. And there really wasn't the 20 proper regulatory apparatus to deal with it. 21 CHAIRMAN ANGELIDES: All right. 22 But my central question, I understand--I really 23 had two and you really got to the second. But was there--by 24 the time you arrive is the information that you need--and 25 essentially financial industry leaders--it's on the table by 23 1 2006. 2 hearings. 3 surprised; it's a tsunami.' 4 you have warnings ahead of time. 5 Because, you know, we've heard a lot in these We've heard a lot about 'We're shocked, we're WITNESS PAULSON: But even when a tsunami comes Yeah, but what was--Let me tell 6 you what wasn't clear to me. And I don't think it was clear 7 to very many people, if any, when I arrived. 8 the scale and the degree of the problem. And that was 9 And, for instance, if you, you know, referring to 10 the book, if you're going to refer there, the President said 11 to me, 'What will cause the crisis,' okay? 12 wish I knew. 13 is. 14 And I said, 'I It will be obvious after the fact; it always No one predicted the Russian crisis.' Now what was--we could see some of the problems 15 in for instance subprime and housing. 16 that I was talking to--predicted this massive decline in 17 housing prices throughout the United States. 18 asked myself why--why wouldn't people have predicted that; 19 why wouldn't experts have predicted it. 20 But no one--at least And when I've And I think it was because we were all looking 21 through the paradigm that we'd had in this country since 22 World War II where residential housing prices have 23 essentially gone up, mortgages were safe investments. 24 so the economic models didn't project the kind of wholesale, 25 you know, significant decline in housing prices. And And so 24 1 that was I think the--that was the thing that people didn't 2 predict. 3 4 But having said that, you know, if we'd seen that coming I'm not sure what we could have done differently. 5 CHAIRMAN ANGELIDES: Even though--and this isn't 6 with respect to you--even though by the time all the write 7 downs are happening in places like Citigroup and other 8 institutions at the end of '07, prices have only fallen five 9 percent and they had fallen two percent I think in the early 10 11 '90s. But I see your point. But would this be a fair characterization: That 12 people knew a storm was coming. People were concerned that 13 the levies were weak and hadn't been tested, and that--Is it 14 fair to say there wasn't a plan in place to deal with the 15 crisis that was inevitable? 16 WITNESS PAULSON: Well, there wasn't a plan in 17 place when I arrived. 18 because I think the only plan that I know how to put in 19 place was to get the regulators together with a very--taking 20 a different approach to the President's Working Group and 21 with regular meetings where we started working immediately 22 on what we thought the issues were going to be and how to 23 respond to them. 24 25 I think we put a plan in place, And to get working on--you know, I believe to this day that the most effective thing that anyone has done, 25 1 either from the time I was there or since I've left, to deal 2 with housing has been the actions taken with Fannie and Freddie. 3 I think that's been the most effective to sort of stem that 4 decline in home prices. 5 right away. 6 And we started working on that CHAIRMAN ANGELIDES: All right. I'm going to 7 stop right now. 8 leave, I have some very specific questions about Fannie and 9 Freddie, a couple of them. 10 I actually, when I close up before you But I want to stop right now to get to other Commissioners. 11 All right. 12 WITNESS PAULSON: 13 CHAIRMAN ANGELIDES: 14 VICE CHAIRMAN THOMAS: 15 That presented a whole bunch of questions that I 16 Thank you, Mr. Secretary. Thank you. Mr. Thomas. Thank you. hadn't planned on in terms of that discussion. 17 But I do want to start also with you, Mr. 18 Secretary, at Goldman, not for any specific recollection of 19 product. 20 One of the things I'm trying to better understand 21 since I don't have any familiarity with the relationships in 22 these institutions on Wall Street--if you asked me about 23 Congress I could tell you a whole lot about things that 24 people don't normally appreciate result in 25 decisions--especially small group dynamics, interpersonal 26 1 relationships, the old business of who gets what, when and 2 how on accommodations, which are fundamental to any 3 democracy in terms of quid pro quos and other structures 4 that are simply there that make the system work. 5 What I don't understand is the relationship 6 between institutions--especially in the so-called shadow 7 banking area--because to me it's remarkable that there 8 existed this healthy and growing structure based upon very 9 short term financing overnight, a number of institutions 10 doing that so you were sharing the grazing in the pasture. 11 And yet, as has been indicated in terms of Goldman with the 12 current CEO and others, that you would take opposite sides 13 in terms of market making, that was within the institution. 14 I'm trying to understand a relationship between 15 institutions, not so much in an institution, because clearly 16 if you're the largest you can be on both sides and play 17 various roles by virtue of your size. 18 you may have to be more dependent on others. 19 this business of to what extent was there a symbiotic 20 relationship with other firms, notwithstanding the fact 21 they're your competitors, or was it pretty much predatory 22 and that's one of the reasons the smaller ones went first. 23 But if you're smaller And so it's Because going back to the congressional example, 24 I could be fundamentally opposed to someone on one day on an 25 issue. That issue is dispensed with. And the next day we 27 1 wind up on the same side. 2 folks when they first come is you can be opposed to somebody 3 but if you're locked in opposition to that individual you're 4 going to miss a lot of opportunities to actually advance 5 some of the things that you're interested in. 6 So one of the things you tell From your perspective, what was the culture? 7 Predominantly--I mean it had to be to a degree symbiotic, 8 didn't it? 9 WITNESS PAULSON: Well, let me--I think, Mr. Vice 10 Chairman, what you were getting at when you talked about the 11 infrastructure and you talked about secured lending was the 12 repo market and secured lending. 13 little bit about that because I think it might help. 14 And let me just talk a That many financial institutions--not just the 15 traditional investment banks--had to rely on wholesale 16 funding for a big part of their funding. 17 deposits. 18 market that grows up--which is a very healthy thing because 19 you shouldn't--you wouldn't want everyone having to rely 20 only on the banks for their wholesale funding. 21 is secured lending. 22 protected during bankruptcy because their collateral is 23 protected. 24 25 It wasn't all And so you have this secured lending or repo And so repo And the lender is at least partly I think the way you need to think about this--and there's a market where two parties can deal with each 28 1 other--there are many sophisticated institutions--some 2 sophisticated, some less sophisticated--that wanted to 3 invest money. 4 money market funds, governments. 5 And a safer way to do it would be to enter into a secured 6 lending arrangement with a Wall Street firm. 7 You know, some of them are pension funds, They want to invest money. Now they could do that directly or they could do 8 it through a, you know, have a custodian administer it and 9 then handle the collateral so it would be a tri-party repo. 10 But that is the way it was done. 11 Now what happened--and here is what I think gets 12 to your question. 13 quickly with no single regulator having a purview of it, no 14 one looking at it and being able to get the information on 15 the whole thing. 16 a--systems didn't keep up with it; the infrastructure didn't 17 keep up with it, with the procedures. 18 got sloppy in their credit decisions. 19 What happened was this grew very, very So it grew like topsy-turvy. There was And the participants So it's one thing if I'm a money market fund and 20 I'm lending to a bank and I'm taking treasuries as 21 collateral. 22 asking for no margin, no haircut, that's a sloppy kind of 23 provision. 24 25 If I'm taking mortgage securities and I'm So now what happens is this is growing up. are excesses. There And I would say to the Chairman, this was 29 1 something that I was not aware of, the extent of the issue. 2 I had seen it through one little lens at Goldman Sachs. 3 so that this big market had grown up; no regulator looked at 4 it. 5 And So now when the crisis comes and investors are 6 afraid, there were a number of--and so they're concerned 7 about Bear Stearns. 8 is--when you say it's predatory, these people--if someone is 9 afraid and they're afraid about their own institution They lose confidence. Then this 10 surviving, then they pull money out, or they don't roll over 11 their secured lending. 12 investors that don't know what to do with collateral if they 13 got it; they're just really looking at the underlying 14 credit. 15 Why? Because there's certain cash So again this was a shadow market that is a very 16 valuable market, should continue to be a valuable market. 17 It needs to be fixed. 18 fixed. 19 by a regulatory system. 20 Okay? It just plain needs to be And so there were mistakes made there by regulators, Sloppy practices by practitioners. And then the biggest sloppy practice of all were 21 the banks and investment banks if they didn't maintain 22 liquidity cushions. 23 Everybody talks about capital. But to me the 24 biggest lesson I learned out of all of the crisis was the 25 lack of focus by so many market participants and by 30 1 regulators on the importance of liquidity. 2 place huge reliance on any short term overnight market if 3 you don't ask yourself, 'What am I going to do if that 4 market doesn't function as normal; how much of a cushion do 5 I have.' 6 VICE CHAIRMAN THOMAS: And you cannot Well, but wouldn't every 7 one of those institutions go to bed that night not only 8 worrying about themselves but others because they depend 9 upon this kind of short-term -- 10 11 WITNESS PAULSON: until they did. 12 Only--See, they didn't worry It's hard to explain this. VICE CHAIRMAN THOMAS: But I had -- I don't think it's all 13 that hard if you use other examples. For example, obviously 14 Bear Stearns and all the others thought they were liquid 15 until they tried to put up the assets. 16 felt comfortable--or other people felt comfortable with were 17 treasuries. The only ones they 18 But the idea that an economic model in terms of 19 mortgages, didn't anyone look at how much--what a mortgage 20 was changed between the '50s, the '60s, '70s, '80 and to now 21 that there was significant erosion in any comfort level on 22 how long a mortgage could last given the rules. 23 Let me give you a quick example. I represented a 24 big area, there's a lot of desert. And folks would run in 25 the spring, when there was enough grass out in the desert, 31 1 sheep. We began to see a fairly high loss of desert 2 tortoises. 3 wanted to put Styrofoam tortoises out in the desert when the 4 sheep were running on the grass to see what kind of an 5 interaction there was. 6 So the BLM wanted to run an experiment. They And so I told them that my sheep men would be 7 ready to put their Styrofoam sheep out in the desert when 8 the BLM was ready to put its Styrofoam tortoises because you 9 didn't get a decent understanding of the relationship. 10 When you rely on--And I want to talk about rating 11 agencies in a minute--someone giving a AAA rating to a 12 package which fundamentally was so much different than 13 earlier packages, and you rely on that AAA rating, at some 14 point doesn't somebody look at the underlying problems? 15 What happened, frankly, in the desert was the 16 crows, as population encroached on the desert the crows 17 followed and they'd go out and flip them over in the morning 18 and have a warm meal in the evening. 19 unless you controlled the crows, you were never going to 20 solve the problem. 21 And until and And here the crow flipping it over, everyone 22 argues that we didn't have a model that could tell us what 23 was happening. 24 which people were operating, which brings me to the 25 question: I just don't understand, given the level at 32 1 When you became Secretary of the Treasury, 2 looking at it from not your narrow perspective but the 3 broader scope, were you shocked at the amount of weight 4 placed in the portfolios on these risky mortgage packages? 5 WITNESS PAULSON: I was -- 6 VICE CHAIRMAN THOMAS: 7 WITNESS PAULSON: Yeah. Were you surprised? I'll tell you what 8 surprised me, which is related to your question that, as you 9 said, there was the rating. But a number of the firms--you 10 know, I in my testimony and a number of people have talked 11 about its importance that those who underwrite 12 securitizations have some skin in the game, hold some of the 13 securities they underwrite. 14 I think that's important. But where the big problems were, were a number of 15 institutions--two or three institutions that, not only did 16 they have skin in the game they had half their body in the 17 game because they had huge positions of these, out-size 18 positions that were over-weighted. 19 rated AAA. 20 And so --even if they're And so I think one of the lessons of this, which 21 gets to your point, is that it is very hard for experts, any 22 experts to know anything with certainty. 23 been predicting this crisis for years. 24 predicted it, hedged themselves, and lost a lot of money. 25 People could have And they could have But it's foolhardy to tie up a lot of any 33 1 institution's balance sheet on any particular security, no 2 matter how high the rating is, unless it's, you know, a U.S. 3 government security. 4 VICE CHAIRMAN THOMAS: Well, is that what 5 happened? 6 Because what I'm trying to figure out is how could the 7 weight of the securities that were created, supported by the 8 mortgage market pull down the commercial paper market, the 9 repo market, the auction rate securities market? 10 WITNESS PAULSON: VICE CHAIRMAN THOMAS: No, I understand. But how was it interconnected? 15 16 Well, that's a different--I was just -- 13 14 Was it that big? 11 12 They tied so much up in the mortgage market? WITNESS PAULSON: There were several institutions that owned too much of the paper. 17 But to get to your point, what happened, I think 18 the way to think about this is this--and I think this is 19 quite critical. 20 The subprime market by itself was a relatively 21 small--relative to the U.S. economy or to the U.S. capital 22 markets. 23 excesses, as we've talked about, in housing and across the 24 markets more broadly. 25 And the problem was much bigger. There were So one--you used an analogy of the desert. I'll 34 1 give you an analogy that's used a lot. 2 dry tinder out there. 3 subprime. 4 lot of other excesses. 5 And there were a whole lot of things coming together to 6 create this crisis. Okay? There is a lot of And the driest tinder was That's where the fire started. 7 But there were a And that is really what happened. VICE CHAIRMAN THOMAS: In terms of the rating 8 agencies, we have legislation now from both the House and 9 the Senate. Are you familiar enough with that legislation 10 to have any opinion as to whether it's useful, directed, 11 effective in dealing with rating agencies? 12 WITNESS PAULSON: I would say in terms of the 13 rating agency piece of this, I agree with one part of the 14 legislation which I think is controversial to certain 15 people. 16 regulated--and we need more regulation and we need more 17 disclosure and we--around the rating agencies. 18 I think it--no matter how the rating agencies are I do not like the fact that we have several 19 rating agencies that are enshrined in our securities laws, 20 in regulatory manuals, and so on, and that ratings are 21 referred to. 22 dangerous crutch. 23 banks relied overly on a rating. 24 25 And so I think that's just a crutch and a And I think too many investors, too many And I'm all for the rating agencies; I think there should be independent rating agencies. They should 35 1 give their advice just like equity research houses do. And 2 I think investors should look at those as one tool. 3 do not like the fact--and I support the legislation that 4 would take reference to credit ratings out of our securities 5 laws. But I 6 VICE CHAIRMAN THOMAS: All right. 7 The Senate would create an office within the SEC 8 to administer credit rating agencies' rules and practices. 9 Good move? 10 11 WITNESS PAULSON: move. 12 13 VICE CHAIRMAN THOMAS: 16 17 House creates a seven- member advisory board for credit rating agencies. 14 15 I think it's probably a good WITNESS PAULSON: I haven't really thought about it. VICE CHAIRMAN THOMAS: But it's safe, isn't it? I mean that's... 18 WITNESS PAULSON: Yeah, it's... 19 VICE CHAIRMAN THOMAS: 20 WITNESS PAULSON: 21 VICE CHAIRMAN THOMAS: You could get unanimous. It -Both bills would require a 22 measure of certification that due diligence has been done by 23 someone, but neither one talks about who would pay for it 24 and its structure. 25 of some regulatory structure. So again, it's going to evolve outside 36 1 WITNESS PAULSON: Yeah. It will--I will say 2 this: 3 oversight and regulation--no matter how you regulate them, 4 it will not be flawless. 5 No matter how you regulate this--and it needs more It's hard to believe that anyone at a rating 6 agency is always going to be able to see the issues that 7 others don't see. 8 VICE CHAIRMAN THOMAS: 9 WITNESS PAULSON: No. I understand that. And so therefore that's why I 10 want to get to something which is much more basic than that. 11 I don't want the rating agencies to be held up as the font 12 of all truth and be--and have the ratings be part of our 13 securities laws. 14 VICE CHAIRMAN THOMAS: Then my only question left 15 is, just out of curiosity, how come you didn't put more 16 emphasis on the rating agencies in your testimony? 17 you mentioned it, but... 18 WITNESS PAULSON: 19 VICE CHAIRMAN THOMAS: 20 21 22 23 24 25 I mean Because I -Do you think you gave it due weight in terms of -WITNESS PAULSON: terms of shadow banking. No, I thought that this was in Yeah, I have -- VICE CHAIRMAN THOMAS: But you gave an overview at the beginning of your testimony. WITNESS PAULSON: Right. Well, I've written 37 1 about it quite a bit -- 2 VICE CHAIRMAN THOMAS: Right. 3 WITNESS PAULSON: --in my book. And so I do think 4 the rating agencies made plenty of mistakes. 5 fell into the same paradigm that so much of the rest of the 6 world did. 7 what happened. 8 9 10 I think they They used economic models that didn't foresee VICE CHAIRMAN THOMAS: But everybody has used that as an excuse in terms of not knowing the true value of what they held and tried to trade. 11 WITNESS PAULSON: Yes. So clearly the rating 12 agencies in terms of--and I made a number of strong 13 recommendations, actually even before Bear Stearns went 14 down, with the President's working group about the kind of 15 disclosures you need to see from the rating agencies and the 16 kinds of processes they need to run, and the regulatory 17 oversight. 18 What I was just trying to get to was -- 19 VICE CHAIRMAN THOMAS: 20 WITNESS PAULSON: --something which was more 21 22 Right. fundamental than that, which is: I don't want to see a situation ever again where 23 a whole lot of sophisticated people can just turn and say, 24 'It's not my fault; it was the rating agencies.' 25 I want investors and big banks and regulators to 38 1 be forced to use rating as one tool, but do some of their 2 own work and do some thinking for themselves. 3 VICE CHAIRMAN THOMAS: Thank you, Mr. Secretary. 4 And could I ask you--would you be willing to 5 respond in writing to any other questions the Commission 6 might have as we go forward? 7 learning as we go. 8 9 WITNESS PAULSON: Of course. Okay? 11 respond. So I will--I no longer have these--but I will 12 VICE CHAIRMAN THOMAS: Thank you. 15 CHAIRMAN ANGELIDES: 16 Ms. Born. 17 COMMISSIONER BORN: 19 We'll try to write questions that can be answered by one assistant. 14 18 I just hope you will understand that now my staff consists of one assistant. 10 13 Because, frankly, we're Thank you. Thank you very much, Chair Angelides. And I want to express my thanks to you, Mr. 20 Secretary, for being willing to meet with us and help us in 21 our investigation. 22 The first area that I wanted to ask you about is 23 over the counter derivatives. I fully agree with you that 24 derivatives are extremely important instruments in managing 25 and hedging risk and play an invaluable role in that 39 1 respect. 2 Nonetheless the over the counter derivatives 3 market had grown to more than $680 trillion, a notional 4 amount by the time of the crisis in the summer of 2008. 5 it was virtually exempt from federal regulation and 6 oversight because of a statute past in 2000, the Commodity 7 Futures Modernization Act, which had eliminated jurisdiction 8 of the federal agencies over the market. 9 And I wanted to ask you whether in your view this 10 regulatory gap played any role. 11 testimony derivative contracts including excessively complex 12 financial products exacerbated the problem during the 13 financial crisis. 14 that testimony. 15 You've said in your And I wondered if you would elaborate on WITNESS PAULSON: Well, first of all, I think 16 your point is well taken. And in the chapter that the 17 Chairman referred to in my book, when we had that first 18 conversation with the President about the potential of a 19 credit crisis--and the topic I talked about then was over 20 the counter derivatives and how quickly this had grown, 21 citing the same numbers you cited and just talked about them 22 being outside of the regulatory purview. 23 have at the time the right protocols for how they would 24 function in a crisis, and, you know, the netting agreements 25 and there were big back logs of really unbooked trades. And we didn't even 40 1 So there was a lot of work being done by the Fed 2 at that time. 3 the industry. 4 And I was very supportive in terms of pushing Now I think that these, first of all, these 5 products, they didn't create the crisis but they magnified 6 it and they exacerbated it. 7 in which it's been written about a lot in terms of the 8 interconnectivity, but just in terms of masking the risk. 9 They were so opaque and complex and difficult to understand. 10 And I think not only in the way I had certain regulators when I arrived saying 11 that the system wasn't that leveraged because they were 12 looking at just the debt as opposed to what was embedded in 13 those products. 14 that is why I so strongly believe that you want to 15 press--standardization is in all of our interest. 16 Those products are hard to understand. And And so the way you I think get toward 17 simplicity--complexity just in general I think is our enemy. 18 You can't--it's hard to regulate against complexity and 19 innovation. 20 So I think the way you do this is you press 21 everything is standardized onto an exchange. And the over 22 the counter you put through a central clearinghouse where 23 you've got great oversight. 24 complex there, you put big capital charges so you penalize 25 complexity, which will help move toward greater And then you have, if it's 41 1 standardization. 2 And I think that's really the right way to deal 3 with it. 4 that as a concern. But it's not--those people that would say 5 it was the fundamental cause I think are wrong. 6 It's just something that needs to be fixed. 7 that it looks like some of the, you know, legislation is on 8 the way to fix it. 9 And I think you're right on in terms of seeing COMMISSIONER BORN: It's not. And I'm hopeful With respect to the remaining 10 over the counter market, assuming regulations are applied 11 that would put standardized contracts onto exchange, would 12 you advocate more transparency for that market? 13 WITNESS PAULSON: 14 that would solve so much. 15 regulators had no idea. 16 Yes. Yes. That is--In this And, you know, as you well know, Industry participants didn't know. You know, just taking General Motors as an 17 example, everyone knew how many General Motors bonds were 18 outstanding. 19 swap contracts were out there on General Motors bonds. No one had any idea how many credit default 20 COMMISSIONER BORN: 21 WITNESS PAULSON: 22 COMMISSIONER BORN: 23 WITNESS PAULSON: 24 And so to me I think fortunately this is now 25 Or who held them. Or who held them. Or what the exposure was. Absolutely. understood by just about everyone. 42 1 COMMISSIONER BORN: Let me ask you about the 2 political influence and power of the financial services 3 sector industry leading up to the crisis. 4 There are some reports that indicate that the 5 financial sector may have spent as much as five billion 6 dollars in lobbying expenses, federal lobbying expenses and 7 campaign contributions in the decade leading up to the 8 crisis, and that in 2007 there were almost 3000 registered 9 lobbyists in Washington who had been hired by the financial 10 sector. 11 I wonder whether some of the regulatory gaps and 12 weaknesses we saw may have been in part at least attributed 13 to this effort to influence federal policy. 14 WITNESS PAULSON: You know, it's interesting. 15 can't comment as to how it impacted Congress. 16 that it is very, very difficult to get anything that's 17 fundamental, controversial, difficult done at Congress 18 without a crisis. 19 issues. 20 I I do know But there are a lot of jurisdictional This is complex stuff. And what I saw in terms of regulators, I just saw 21 regulators seriously working to try to gather the 22 information. 23 arrived if I'd had to explain to a man from Mars as to how 24 this--and I see you laughing because you know--how this was 25 regulated and why OTS regulated these institutions and OCC And it was just--if a man from Mars--when I 43 1 these, and why there wasn't any regulator that had access to 2 all of the information in the shadow banking market and so 3 on, I could never have explained it. 4 And so I have no doubt that lobbying has an 5 impact. But there you would have to talk to some other 6 members of the panel that are closer to the political 7 process than I am. 8 9 10 COMMISSIONER BORN: Well, clearly there were regulatory gaps or weaknesses in terms of the oversight of the shadow banking areas. Don't you agree? 11 WITNESS PAULSON: 12 COMMISSIONER BORN: Yes. And did you think that the 13 effort by the SEC to create a consolidated supervised entity 14 program for the investment bank holding companies was a step 15 in the right direction? 16 WITNESS PAULSON: You know, it's--I'll tell you, 17 at the time when I was on Wall Street I did. 18 that the people we worked with at the SEC were of the 19 highest quality. 20 with them I thought that there were just some very, very 21 strong professionals there, and working very hard and very 22 diligently. 23 And I thought And when I was in government and working So it was--so I look at it from that perspective, 24 and then I just simply say if I get up to 100,000 feet and 25 look at it I just say, 'We all made mistakes.' You know, 44 1 when you look at, you know, there were regulatory mistakes 2 over periods of time and clearly from the bankers and the 3 investors and all the different participants. 4 But I never doubted for a minute the competence 5 and the professionalism of the regulators at the SEC who had 6 just in a very short time--remember, this program for the 7 Consolidated Regulatory Program had just recently evolved 8 and then we had the tsunami. 9 COMMISSIONER BORN: Do you think that going 10 forward it's important to try to eliminate regulatory gaps - 11 - 12 WITNESS PAULSON: Yes. 13 COMMISSIONER BORN: 14 WITNESS PAULSON: 15 COMMISSIONER BORN: --shadow banking system? 16 WITNESS PAULSON: --like those for the -Oh, yes. Well, I think--Here's what I 17 think going forward: 18 institutions, they need to have sort of a uniformity of 19 approach, and in having tough, consistent regulation without 20 some being able to find nooks and crannies. 21 I think these big complex financial And then in terms of the shadow banking there 22 needs to be--that's a big reason why I recommended the 23 systemic risk regulator concept was someone needs the 24 authority and the ability to gather all of the information 25 necessary so you can look at these big systemic issues. And 45 1 I do think that if a systemic risk regulator had been in 2 place they would have had more authority to deal with, you 3 know, the over the counter derivatives much earlier or would 4 have had the purview and the authority to deal with the repo 5 market. 6 7 COMMISSIONER BORN: Or with institutions like AIG -- 8 WITNESS PAULSON: 9 COMMISSIONER BORN: --which was not really 10 11 Oh, absolutely. overseen effectively. WITNESS PAULSON: Absolutely. 12 company level. 13 institution that was able to arbitrage and sort of build 14 itself up by playing the gaps in the system. 15 That's right. At the holding COMMISSIONER BORN: That was an example of an Well, one of the questions 16 that I have is--and would be interested in your observations 17 on this--you know, obviously there were problems in 18 supervision, even with bank holding companies in terms of 19 the biggest institutions. 20 companies are even bigger than they were in 2008 because of 21 consolidations, because businesses have gone -- And today some of those holding 22 WITNESS PAULSON: 23 COMMISSIONER BORN: --out of business, and for 24 25 Right. other reasons. Are these institutions really capable of 46 1 effective supervision by government regulators? Indeed, are 2 they capable of effective internal management? 3 your experience at Goldman Sachs could inform that issue. Probably 4 WITNESS PAULSON: Well, I would say this to you: 5 That I think that the level of concentration 6 where we have ten big institutions with sixty percent of the 7 financial assets, you know, this is a dangerous risk. 8 9 10 Now I believe these institutions are necessary; they perform a valuable role. So the way I get at your question is this: 11 I say first of all, I know we can have better 12 regulation. 13 capital requirements, bigger liquidity requirements. 14 then I come to the conclusion that regulation will never be 15 perfect. 16 wanted to blow themselves up, it's hard to believe that the 17 regulators are always going to be able to find the problems 18 that they can't find themselves. 19 Absolutely know better, more consistent, bigger But Unless you hypothesize that these institutions And so there will be--there will continue to be 20 failures. 21 Since the time we've had capital markets institutions have 22 failed. 23 There have been since the beginning of time. We've had financial crises. That is why I believe in addition to 24 strengthening the regulatory system you need these 25 resolution authorities so that the government has the 47 1 authority that when a big institution fails to step in 2 outside of the bankruptcy process and wind it down and wind 3 it down in a way in which you're not saving and propping it 4 up in their current form. 5 that they're liquidated. 6 But you can train regulators to do that. 7 The expectation has got to be And I know that's complicated. And that's why I'm such a big proponent of this 8 will concept, you know, that these big institutions work 9 with the regulators to create a roadmap for their 10 liquidation if they do fail because I--so again, you'll 11 never get perfect regulation. 12 American people are ever going to again want to see the 13 taxpayer come in and bail out or save these institutions. 14 So when they fail we need a way of liquidating But I just don't think the 15 them and liquidating them in a way in which they don't hurt 16 the American people and take the system down. 17 me--so you're right, we can never--regulation, we should 18 strive to make it as good and as effective as we can and to 19 give the regulators the tools they need and the information 20 they need so they'll be right more often. 21 will be failures and we have to figure out how to deal with 22 them so it doesn't hurt everyone else. And that to But then there 23 COMMISSIONER BORN: May I have -- 24 CHAIRMAN ANGELIDES: 25 COMMISSIONER BORN: --another two minutes? Yes. 48 1 I just wanted to follow up with you on a specific 2 example. 3 with that Goldman Sachs is like, what running it involved. 4 For example, Goldman Sachs. You are very familiar Do you think from your experience as the head of 5 a big institution like Goldman Sachs that it is capable of 6 an orderly wind-down in case it gets into financial 7 problems? 8 9 WITNESS PAULSON: Yeah. I think that any institution can be wound down--It's complicated--over a 10 period of time. You can't--No institution, no matter what 11 their capital says, if you have to liquidate it right away 12 there's no institution I think that the assets will be worth 13 more than the liabilities. 14 And again, my view is that with any institution 15 there has got to be a way that if they fail that you know, 16 and the expectation is, that they're not going to be propped 17 up in their current form; that they'll be broken up, they'll 18 be changed in some way, they'll be liquidated in a way. 19 so I believe that can be done. 20 COMMISSIONER BORN: 21 CHAIRMAN ANGELIDES: 22 COMMISSIONER HOLTZ-EAKIN: 23 24 25 And Thank you. Mr. Holtz-Eakin. Thank you, Mr. Chairman. Mr. Secretary, thank you for joining us today. appreciate your testimony. I 49 1 I want to go back to this observation in your 2 book that a crisis was inevitable and ask you: Does that 3 mean if there had not been a housing market crisis to 4 trigger it, something else would have? 5 WITNESS PAULSON: Well, when I said 'inevitable,' 6 what I said in the book was that our history in this country 7 has been--and certainly in modern times--is every six, 8 eight, ten years there's been some crisis. 9 starting with the S&L crisis. We could go And I could just take you 10 through the various, you know, the '94, '98 with long term 11 capital, what we had with Russia and Asia. 12 what I saw was excesses building in the system. 13 So we've had these. Now I could have said the same thing in 2004 or 14 '05, and, you know, I would have been wrong in terms of the 15 timing. But ultimately you were going to have these. 16 And what I saw--and I didn't realize how true it 17 was--was I said to people the difficulty or the interesting 18 thing about the next crisis is we're going to be seeing how 19 these complex instruments and some of these private pools of 20 capital, and markets away from the traditional financial 21 institutions perform for the first time under stress because 22 there had been a lot of change. 23 this performed under stress. 24 25 And so we saw how a lot of So, yeah, I think it's inevitable. And I think as sure as we're sitting here today that the next crisis is And so 50 1 inevitable. 2 but there will be stresses and problems in the capital 3 markets, you know, some time in the future, probably in our 4 lifetimes again. 5 be relatively small manageable events. 6 I don't think it's going to happen right away, And so the key thing is how to have those They'll never be small events to those right in 7 the middle of the markets dealing with them, but so that 8 they're small manageable events to the rest of us in the 9 broader economy. 10 COMMISSIONER HOLTZ-EAKIN: But the signature of 11 this particular crisis that we sadly have to report on is 12 the housing market? 13 WITNESS PAULSON: 14 COMMISSIONER HOLTZ-EAKIN: 15 Yeah. You would agree with that? 16 WITNESS PAULSON: Yes. 17 COMMISSIONER HOLTZ-EAKIN: In your testimony you 18 said that there were several policy decisions that shaped 19 the home mortgage market. 20 decisions? 21 WITNESS PAULSON: What would be the list of policy Well, I think what you would 22 need to look at, you just need to look at the weight of the 23 whole series of decisions we made, you know, the various 24 programs for housing. 25 it's the FHA, their various HUD programs, state programs. It's not just Fannie and Freddie but 51 1 I'd say even just take something like the 2 mortgage interest rate deduction. You know, a million 3 dollar mortgage, it's deductible. Is that fair relative to 4 renters or--forgetting about fairness, I think you have the 5 sum total of so many things pushed housing way up. 6 I would travel around the world when I was in the 7 capital markets and other nations would look at us in awe 8 that we had home ownership above 60 percent. 9 weren't satisfied with that; we got it up to 69 percent. You know, we 10 I just think you need to look at those policies as 11 fundamental root causes of the crisis. 12 13 COMMISSIONER HOLTZ-EAKIN: So And on that list would be the GSEs, Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac? 14 WITNESS PAULSON: Yeah. 15 COMMISSIONER HOLTZ-EAKIN: Right. Yeah. In your book you also 16 said that shortly after you arrived as Secretary of Treasury 17 you received a briefing about the GSEs and the quote is that 18 they were a disaster waiting to happen. 19 interviewed you, you said that the business model is 20 fundamentally flawed. And when our staff 21 And could you just tell us exactly what the flaws 22 were in the GSE business model and why you thought they were 23 a disaster waiting to happen? 24 25 WITNESS PAULSON: Yeah. Well, I sure didn't predict this disaster happening the way it did. So I'll 52 1 tell you that. 2 without, you know, that turned out to be prophetic. 3 didn't see it quite as clearly as it came about. 4 That was a phrase, you know, that I used But I But in terms of the structure that, first of all, 5 there were the ambiguities. 6 government support, the Congressional charter. 7 private capital and private profit. 8 and the compensation model. 9 there. 10 Okay. There was the implicit And then And the shareholders So there was a contradiction Then secondly, this was a situation where 11 Congress presumed to be the regulator. 12 capital, you know, legislatively defined capital. 13 the level of capital but what could count as capital. 14 some things that I considered DS capital, you know, 15 intangibles and so on were defined as capital. 16 regulator was set up to be weak. 17 negative about the people that held that job, but they were 18 not given the authorities that a normal regulator is given, 19 a safety and soundness regulator to make judgments about 20 capital. 21 They defined Not only And And so the I'm not saying anything You had a--and then the elephant had clearly 22 gotten too big for the tent. Right? These things just grew 23 and grew and grew. 24 of the--it's just hard for people when we throw around these 25 numbers to even comprehend. And so you had--when you looked at all But you have $5.4 trillion when 53 1 you look at the securities they had insured, the debt they 2 had issued. 3 So the danger, you know, if one of these--when 4 you look at the capital markets, you know, the danger they 5 posed was sort of unimaginable. 6 about the failure of any one institution. 7 posed by a lack of confidence in the ability of these 8 entities to repay their debt was much greater than that. 9 these were big. 10 You know, we could talk But the danger And then I think the part in the book you alluded 11 to really had to do with their portfolios. 12 topic of debate because they would not only guarantee--or 13 insure mortgage pools, they then would take their low 14 funding and buy in these mortgages and hold them. 15 said that this was necessary for their mission to support 16 their market. 17 their earnings were coming from that. 18 a fiduciary duty to their shareholders. 19 So This was a big And they But as people explained to me, two-thirds of And their boards had We could talk about the public mission, they 20 could talk about, you know, they could testify up on the 21 Hill about meeting their housing goals. 22 shareholders and that's where their duty was, was to grow 23 their profits. But they had public 24 So as I look at that I never so much blamed the 25 people that ran those organizations as those that designed 54 1 the plane we asked them to fly before they flew it into the 2 side of the mountain, you know. 3 wrong structure. 4 So it was not--it was the COMMISSIONER HOLTZ-EAKIN: So one of the things 5 we heard yesterday was that during the early part of March 6 as Bear-Stearns came under duress agency securities were no 7 longer accepted as collateral in the overnight repo market. 8 And indeed if you look back on spreads at Fannie and Freddie 9 during that period they're spiking up and showing clear 10 signs of market distrust. 11 So I want you to walk me through the thinking 12 then during that period when Fannie and Freddie were 13 actually permitted to drop the limits on their portfolios 14 and lose a capital surcharge at a time when the market is 15 saying, even with the capital surcharge and limits on the 16 portfolios they aren't very safe. 17 WITNESS PAULSON: Yeah. It was exactly the 18 opposite of what you said. 19 them to get them to raise capital, to increase their 20 capital. 21 and raised seven billion dollars of capital. 22 net increase in capital. 23 capital; it turns out they didn't. 24 commitment. 25 I had had my staff work with And so as a result of what we did Fannie went out So there was a Freddie committed to increase They didn't meet their But to step back--but that's sort of the specific 55 1 question you asked. 2 happened was this: 3 But to get back more broadly, what had They had--the credit crisis came in mid-2007. 4 And then most of the damage had been done by that point 5 because, you know, after that time mortgage lending 6 virtually ground to a stop away from Fannie and Freddie. 7 And there was all kinds of evidence of really very 8 responsible borrowers that wanted to buy homes and had the 9 economic wherewithal that were having trouble getting 10 11 mortgage funding. And so now Fannie and Freddie are essentially the 12 only game in town. 13 believe the problem was already baked. 14 the securities in their portfolios. 15 what they'd guaranteed before the housing bubble had 16 broken--or burst. 17 And they needed--and so the, you know, I I mean they owned They had guaranteed And so what we were doing in March of 2008 at the 18 time when we took the action we took with Bear Stearns, we 19 also were trying to increase confidence in these 20 organizations and get them to increase their capital. 21 So again I was pressing many institutions to 22 raise capital. I was talking to many CEOs of institutions 23 and saying I've never see the CEO of a financial institution 24 lose his job by having too much capital, you know; raise 25 capital when you can raise capital. We pressed them. As I 56 1 said, Fannie raised--lived up to their commitment; Freddie 2 didn't. 3 4 5 COMMISSIONER HOLTZ-EAKIN: They got it from the Treasury yesterday. If you run the clock forward, then, knowing what 6 you know about their financial condition, I believe you said 7 something to the effect that the Fannie Mae-Freddie Mac 8 reform legislation gave you a bazooka that you would never 9 have to use. And then shortly thereafter you used it. 10 WITNESS PAULSON: I never said never. Okay? 11 COMMISSIONER HOLTZ-EAKIN: 12 WITNESS PAULSON: 13 What I said was, when I got this authority I said No, so -- I didn't say never. 14 that I was asking for unlimited authority. 15 politically to say 'unlimited' so I said 'unspecified.' 16 wanted to have the maximum amount of authority. 17 to the extent we have--the more authority we have the more 18 confidence the markets will have, and that's the 19 greatest--and that will increase--reduce the likelihood 20 we'll have to use it. 21 It sounded bad And I said And what happened was with Fannie and Freddie we 22 weren't the regulator. 23 people to get in and look at it. 24 we actually got in--okay?--and got the authority. 25 I We didn't have the authority or the Okay? So it wasn't until And so I was working very hard to get the 57 1 emergency legislation from Congress--or get legislation from 2 Congress, reform legislation. 3 these entities. 4 unimaginable risk. 5 And then confidence went in And as I said, it was sort of an So we went and got this emergency authority. And 6 then once we got it we were able to--we had Morgan Stanley 7 working with Treasury as our advisor. 8 had the Fed working with FHA go in and look at these 9 entities. We had the OCC. We And it was only then we were able to get our arms 10 around sort of the scope and the magnitude of the capital 11 problem. 12 And then the fact that we had these authorities, 13 for the first time we could address the problem. 14 do something about it. 15 capital and to put them into conservatorship. 16 sort of the story there. 17 We could We had the authority to put in COMMISSIONER HOLTZ-EAKIN: So that's I want to--I don't 18 have much time, but I also wanted to go back and talk about 19 the Bear Stearns episode itself. 20 on whether Bear could have been allowed to fail. 21 What we heard yesterday -- 22 WITNESS PAULSON: 23 COMMISSIONER HOLTZ-EAKIN: 24 WITNESS PAULSON: 25 COMMISSIONER HOLTZ-EAKIN: I wanted to get your views Whether Bear could what? Be allowed to fail. Yeah. And we heard yesterday 58 1 fairly convincing testimony that the purchase of Bear set 2 the expectation that other institutions would get help. 3 that when Lehman went down and did not get help that was a 4 great shock and surprise to the market. 5 And So I was wondering if you would give us your 6 views, particularly about setting the precedent, having, you 7 know, seen intervention with Fannie and Freddie set 8 expectations, how you thought about doing that with Bear. 9 10 VICE CHAIRMAN THOMAS: Mr. Chairman, if we could give the Commission five extra minutes. 11 WITNESS PAULSON: Okay. I would like to answer 12 that question because in terms of convincing testimony, you 13 will never hear convincing testimony from anybody on this 14 who was close to the markets, in my judgment. 15 16 COMMISSIONER HOLTZ-EAKIN: time to answer, so go. 17 18 19 And we're getting you WITNESS PAULSON: Because--Here's what I would say. First of all, let's look at the timing on this 20 because Bear was rescued in March and we got the emergency 21 legislation on Fannie and Freddie in July, and they were put 22 in conservatorship in September. 23 I believe that if Bear had not been rescued and 24 it had failed the meltdown that we began to see after Lehman 25 had gone would have started months earlier, and we would 59 1 have really been in the soup because it would have 2 started--now that I look at it, with hindsight--before 3 Fannie and Freddie were stabilized. 4 the mess we would have had? 5 Could you just imagine If Bear had gone there were hundreds, maybe 6 thousands of counter parties that all would have grabbed 7 their collateral, would have started trying to sell their 8 collateral, drove down prices, create even bigger losses. 9 There was huge fear about the investment banking model at 10 that time, and--because of the lack of Fed oversight and 11 access to the discount window and so on. 12 would have seen other investment banks go very quickly. 13 So I think you Now those that make that argument are missing, to 14 me, one fundamental fact: 15 the expression once, toothpaste out of the tube. 16 That as the Chairman said--used Once the--the crisis had been going on for seven 17 months when Bear went. 18 You didn't see excessive risk-taking. 19 speculation. 20 prudent loans that weren't being made. 21 afraid to buy student loan securitizations where the 22 government was behind it. 23 The system was very, very fragile. You didn't see As a matter of fact, there were a lot of Investors were even Sovereign wealth funds and other foreign buyers 24 that had come in to Morgan Stanley, CitiGroup, Merrill 25 Lynch, and all lost a lot of money. People were scared. So 60 1 it wasn't like people said, 'Gee, they bailed out Bear. 2 we can go and let Lehman be profligate.' 3 Now You know, the losses that Lehman had and that 4 others had were in positions that were already on their 5 balance sheet that were illiquid positions that just had to 6 be marked down as the economy turned down and as the--and as 7 home prices dropped. 8 have had a hard time finding any buyer for any institution 9 if the government had--again, if Bear had failed. So again, you know, I think you would 10 COMMISSIONER HOLTZ-EAKIN: 11 One last question. Thank you. You talked about the 12 investment bank model sort of being in trouble. 13 heard yesterday from the SEC is that investment banks had 14 voluntarily brought themselves to a Basel II capital 15 standard, had liquidity requirements in excess of those 16 required of commercial bank holding companies, that by the 17 standards of regulation they were fine. 18 And so my question specifically is: What we Is there a 19 real difference in the performance of commercial versus 20 other entities during the crisis? 21 the board. 22 23 24 25 WITNESS PAULSON: given where I came from. We saw failures across Now I may have a bit of a bias But I will tell you this: Analytically that I think--people throw around the leverage ratios. And if you had adjusted for accounting 61 1 differences, the fact that investment banks had the 2 discipline of marking securities to market--that I think 3 that they were at least as well capitalized as the 4 commercial banks--I believe that the issues--I 5 think this was a confidence issue. 6 I think that it started--I think you had a couple 7 of investment banks in Bear and in Lehman Brothers that had 8 big exposure to the housing market--and Bear in particular 9 probably wasn't as diversified as some of the others. 10 think it really comes down to liquidity management and 11 liquidity cushions. 12 liquidity management. 13 with banks and investment banks. 14 And I And I think I saw the same lack of You know, I saw it across the board But--so my comment didn't get to the relative 15 strength or weakness; it really got to a concern and a lack 16 of confidence. 17 entity in the middle of a crisis it's very hard for that 18 company to continue to exist. 19 20 And when the market loses confidence in an COMMISSIONER HOLTZ-EAKIN: Thank you, Mr. Secretary 21 CHAIRMAN ANGELIDES: Thank you. 22 I'm going to take a couple of minutes of my time. 23 I just want to follow up on something that Mr. Holtz-Eakin 24 raised. 25 At our last hearing when we had Fannie Mae in 62 1 front of us the Vice Chairman and I described a timeline 2 which we've now verified. 3 record as well as the underlying documents. 4 And I'd like to enter it into the COMMISSIONER HOLTZ-EAKIN: And it gets to what's 5 happening in that late February-early March time frame and 6 culminates around what you might call the Bear weekend. 7 WITNESS PAULSON: 8 CHAIRMAN ANGELIDES: 9 Right. And let me see if I can describe this very quickly. 10 There's obviously concerns about the meltdown of 11 the private side of the mortgage market. 12 some pretty darn big concerns about Fannie. 13 said both publicly and in the interview with our staff--what 14 you said to our staff is 'they'--meaning Fannie and 15 Freddie--were the game in town; they were the only game in 16 town. 17 You've also But it looks like what's happening here is the 18 portfolio caps are going to be lifted. 19 February 28th. 20 now into a market with big headwinds. 21 You had expressed I think that happens So that Fannie and Freddie will keep lending And the deal I think that you and your team are 22 trying to broker--and I don't know if that's an accurate 23 characterization, but certainly involved in--involves them 24 continuing to lend in, having their capital surcharge 25 reduced some--in fact instantly, I think, reducing their 63 1 capital by ten percent on the promise to raise more capital. 2 Is that a fair assessment? 3 WITNESS PAULSON: 4 It was a--they made a commitment to raise more 5 capital. 6 7 And Fannie raised seven billion dollars -CHAIRMAN ANGELIDES: didn't. 8 9 Well, I would say this: Fannie did and Freddie Right. WITNESS PAULSON: And Freddie didn't live up to the commitment. 10 And so there was net more capital raised. And 11 there was the deal which the regulator and the GSEs working 12 with my staff brokered was a lifting the capital surcharge 13 to raise capital and it was to--and I just can't say 14 strongly enough--it was to raise capital. 15 The other thing I will say, when you're saying 16 lending into headwinds, I object. 17 opposite. 18 had declined dramatically in housing prices and they were 19 continuing to decline. 20 I think just the I think what you will find is that the markets So everyone was aware of the issue. And so the losses they had didn't stem from--I 21 think you're going to find didn't stem from going ahead and 22 doing risky things in here. 23 going on in the housing market, and what had gone on in all 24 of the loans that they'd guaranteed before that and put on 25 their balance sheet. It had to do with what was 64 1 CHAIRMAN ANGELIDES: 2 going to have to look at this. 3 get to the nub of, which is: 4 concerns. 5 which Mr. Steele writes to Mr. Mud--quote: 6 Well, see, and I think we're But here's what I wanted to It's clear there's deep Lockhart--in fact there's an email March 16th in "Lockhart needs to eliminate the negative 7 rhetoric because it looks like the regulator is not really 8 wild about this." 9 But interesting also, he says, 'I was leaned on 10 very hard by Bill Dudley, who worked for Mr. Geithner, to 11 harden substantially the guarantee. 12 it has not been part of my conversation with anyone else. 13 view it as a very significant move, way above my pay grade 14 to double the size of the U.S. debt in one fell swoop.' 15 the day or two before the transaction gets done Lockhart 16 objects by saying, 'This idea strikes me as perverse as I 17 assume it would seem perverse to the markets that a 18 regulator would agree to allow a regulatee to increase its 19 very high mortgage credit risk leverage without any new 20 capital.' 21 22 23 I do not like that and I And Now I understand that part of this was to raise more capital. But here's my essential question. You had deep doubts. And I'm just trying to get 24 a sense of how you saw the markets in March. Bear had just 25 been--quote, unquote--well, acquired, but there was a rescue 65 1 involved because the Fed's involved. 2 At this point in a sense you're striking a deal 3 that allows them to stay in the market. 4 concerns about solvency. 5 that, look, we're now in the business of a bailout. 6 7 10 Is there a view at that point Does the bailout start in March or do you genuinely believe things are going to right themselves? 8 9 You have deep WITNESS PAULSON: Neither one. I didn't believe things were necessarily going to right themselves, and the bailout didn't start in March. 11 This--I just cannot say it clearer and more 12 definitively. 13 That's what this was about. 14 This was about getting them to raise capital. And guess what--it did. Okay? Fannie raised seven billion dollars in capital. 15 Freddie committed to raise capital and then later their 16 lawyer said, 'Well, we need to wait until the second quarter 17 numbers are out.' 18 numbers are out we had gone and gotten the emergency 19 legislation. 20 And by the time the second quarter But this was solely about raising capital. 21 Because what we were dealing with, we were dealing with a 22 situation where the markets were on edge. 23 only game in town. 24 to them. 25 capital. They were the And I was pressing--this was not unique We were pressing financial institutions to raise 66 1 And to me it was an unimaginable risk that these 2 things posed. 3 that time to Congress and get these authorities. 4 no idea that we could have got those authorities. 5 remember, I had seen Congress, Fannie and Freddie were a 6 political football like you wouldn't believe. 7 reform stymied for years. 8 the kinds of authorities we needed. 9 I had no idea that we would need to go at And I had Because I had seen And we were working to try to get And so I had no idea that we were going to need 10 to get the authorities, get the authorities we got, which 11 let us get in with the real experts to get their arms around 12 the problem, and then get the tools we needed to address the 13 problem. 14 So working with the limited tools we had without 15 being the regulator for Fannie or Freddie we pressed them to 16 raise capital. 17 think that was a sign of confidence when they announced it 18 and then when they went and Fannie raised capital. And I think that was the right thing. I 19 CHAIRMAN ANGELIDES: All right. 20 You know, at some point I think--given your one 21 staff person--I'd like to follow up a little on this. But I 22 think there's a bigger objective here, which is also trying 23 to understand as markets are wobbling -- 24 WITNESS PAULSON: Right. 25 CHAIRMAN ANGELIDES: --this kind of dichotomy I 67 1 think you faced. 2 And maybe--and I'm going to really move on to 3 other members. 4 written question. 5 versus also acknowledging publicly the state in which 6 they're in. 7 8 9 I'll just state it and we'll ask in a Between trying to stabilize the markets But I'll--let me do this. WITNESS PAULSON: Let me -- Well, obviously we--I would just simply say this: What you need to recognize--and I'll say this and 10 I'll answer it in writing and answer it the same way--is 11 that Treasury is not the regulator. 12 authority, we didn't have the people, we didn't have the 13 capacity to really get in there. 14 doing was pressing them to raise capital. We didn't have the Okay? So what we were 15 It was only when the markets lost confidence and 16 we needed to get these authorities that we had the tools to 17 get in there and get our arms around the problem. 18 CHAIRMAN ANGELIDES: 19 Senator Graham. 20 COMMISSIONER GRAHAM: 21 22 All right. Thank you. Thank you, Mr. Chairman. And thank you, Mr. Secretary. I would like to ask three questions that relate 23 to lessons learned. 24 final financial crisis that this country is going to have. 25 As you say, this is not going to be the One of those relates to a continuation of the 68 1 Bear Stearns story, and that is when you faced the issue of 2 Lehman Brothers you were, in addition to dealing with 3 Lehman, you were establishing a principle, which was that 4 Bear was not a precedent for all future similar 5 circumstances; that you were not going to rally the Federal 6 Government to the salvation of every institution. 7 What were the factors that caused you to make the 8 case by case decision that Lehman was not worthy of a 9 federal-assisted transition? 10 WITNESS PAULSON: Thank you for asking that 11 question because, despite the fact I've written a book and 12 answered this hundreds of times, people tend still not--and 13 despite the fact that we've had Ben Bernanke and Tim 14 Geithner say the same things--people still question us on 15 this a lot because it's hard to understand. 16 But the fact is that Bear faced a liquidity and a 17 capital problem. 18 in J.P. Morgan to come in and solve the capital problem and 19 be able to guarantee Bear's trading books during the 20 pendency of the shareholder vote. 21 learned there that the government--how limited our 22 authorities were. 23 guarantee an investment bank's liabilities or to put in 24 capital. 25 And we were very fortunate to have a buyer And so we were--and we We couldn't--no one had the authority to And so--and we didn't have resolution authority. After that I made a number of speeches where I 69 1 talked about the need for this. 2 unfortunately were unable to get any bank to play the role 3 on Lehman that JPMorgan played on Bear. 4 very hard to do that and we were left, frankly, powerless. 5 And so we prepared for the, you know, for the bankruptcy. 6 Lehman came along. We And so we tried So this was not something we did intentionally. 7 And it was just a--we just had a flawed regulatory system 8 and powers. 9 COMMISSIONER GRAHAM: The second area is 10 conditionality of funds to financial institutions through 11 RARP or other bail-out practices. 12 to be the perception of the U.S. where there were relatively 13 few requirements, in the United Kingdom--for instance, the 14 Royal Bank of Scotland was required to accept certain 15 conditions as to what its lending practices would be, 16 limitations on dividends and compensations. 17 18 19 In contract to what seems Why were there not similar conditions attached to the bail-out of U.S. financial institutions? WITNESS PAULSON: Well, this was a totally 20 different program. 21 institutions as they serially failed, as they did in the UK. 22 We did not want to be dealing with We diagnosed the problem as being a big capital 23 shortfall in the banking sector. And so we designed a 24 program that would be attractive to healthy banks so that 25 they would want to come in and voluntarily participate. 70 1 And we put in preferred, which was passive--we 2 didn't want it to look or be like a nationalization--and 3 designed so that the government would get the money back 4 because it was senior to the common. 5 whole purpose of the program. 6 And so that was the And, you know, interestingly enough, you know, I 7 was hopeful when we announced it that we'd get a couple 8 thousand banks that would participate, two or three 9 thousand. But right after we announced it we had critics 10 start saying, 'You've got to force them to lend.' 11 didn't say how much or how you were going to make them lend 12 or what the government would do. 13 their compensation,' understandably. 14 understandably, a number of the banks said, 'Wow, I'm not 15 sure we like this deal.' 16 They 'You've got to control And then And so we had a good number of banks apply for 17 TARP, get accepted, and then pull back. And we had about 18 700 not quite take the money. 19 because it prevented their collapse and the government's 20 going to get the money back with a profit. And it was a big success 21 But I think if it hadn't been stigmatized by all 22 those that wanted to put the various controls on it that we 23 would have had two or three thousand banks; they would have 24 had the money for three to five years. 25 done far more than any stimulus program to get the economy And that would have 71 1 going again. 2 But you know, again, I think some of those who 3 say the program didn't work because there wasn't enough 4 lending were those people that stigmatized it. 5 were trying to deal with healthy banks and make it 6 voluntarily come in. 7 banks like the British government had done. 8 tired of dealing with them serially when they failed. 9 So again, we So we weren't trying to nationalize COMMISSIONER GRAHAM: And we were Well, there was a public 10 perception that one of the justifications for this was to 11 stimulate the economy by making credit available. 12 WITNESS PAULSON: Yes. 13 COMMISSIONER GRAHAM: And there was 14 disappointment when there were perceptions that that wasn't 15 happening. 16 WITNESS PAULSON: You're right. You're 17 absolutely right. 18 for--and I didn't make this point and I should have--the 19 whole reason for designing the program was so many banks 20 would take it, would have the capital, and that would lead 21 to lending. 22 And, of course, that was our whole reason That was the whole purpose. But in a funny way, as soon as we announced it 23 before the first banks ever got the capital people were 24 saying, 'Make them lend; why aren't they lending more.' 25 course, now if you're a bank do you really want this deal. Of 72 1 And how is Big Brother going to help you step in and tell 2 you how to make these lending decisions. 3 4 And so I think what happened was then some banks were reticent to take the capital. 5 6 Now I think it did help. lending. 7 And it did help with But it could have been much more effective. COMMISSIONER GRAHAM: Is what you're saying that 8 banks didn't want to take the capital which would put them 9 in a position to be a more effective contributants to the 10 economy because they felt that they would be under external 11 pressure to do that very thing? 12 WITNESS PAULSON: That's right. I think a number 13 of banks did. 14 I think even those banks rushed to pay it 15 back--okay?--because of the extent to which they were 16 stigmatized. 17 And so we had almost 700 banks take it. But And so I think banks were understandably 18 concerned. So you had this paradox. People wanted them to 19 lend more. But by clamoring for somehow or other there to 20 be strings attached. 21 those--you know how people--you know, how much people wanted 22 the banks to lend; more than they'd lent in the middle of 23 the crisis during the excesses? 24 lending was--what was the right level and how was the 25 government going to determine that. And I was never quite sure what Or, you know, how much 73 1 2 Clearly this was about lending and getting the banks the capital they needed so that they could lend. 3 COMMISSIONER GRAHAM: Could I have two minutes? 4 The third question relates to a topic that you 5 have alluded to, and that is the role of Congress. 6 you've said that Congress had barriers such as its tendency 7 to wait until the crisis had occurred before acting and then 8 some of the jurisdictional restraints on dealing 9 comprehensively with problems. 10 And From your experience in the executive branch 11 trying to influence Congress to be more proactive and to be 12 more comprehensive in its response, do you have any 13 recommendations of what the executive branch could to do 14 facilitate Congress being a more effective partner or what 15 Congress ought to do within its own domain to enhance its 16 contribution? 17 WITNESS PAULSON: I could say my own experience 18 with Congress was very positive because twice I needed to go 19 to Congress with extraordinary requests and twice they 20 reacted before disaster struck--okay?--the crisis. 21 And Democrats and Republicans--I don't have 22 any--Like a lot of people, I don't like partisanship. 23 I--but I saw people on both sides of the aisle come 24 together. 25 got to--you can get some experts up here that are more And I think in terms of how to solve the issue you've 74 1 equipped than I am to deal with that question. 2 COMMISSIONER GRAHAM: 3 CHAIRMAN ANGELIDES: 4 Mr. Wallison. 5 COMMISSIONER WALLISON: 6 Mr. Secretary, it's good of you to be here. 7 appreciate it very much. 8 9 Thank you, Mr. Chairman. Thank you, Senator Graham. Thank you, Mr. Chairman. I We all do. I'd like to follow up a little bit on some of the questions that my colleague, Douglas Holtz-Eakin, had asked 10 about: 11 one of the most consequential decisions that has ever been 12 made by our government. 13 substantial argument that it gave rise to moral hazard that 14 made the Lehman collapse much more significant than it 15 otherwise would have been if it would have occurred at all. 16 And I want to point out, for example, that once Bear Stearns 17 was rescued it certainly encouraged Lehman to keep its price 18 somewhat higher than it might otherwise have been in dealing 19 with potential acquirers because, on the other side, Lehman 20 had a reasonable expectation that it might also be rescued. 21 And I think the chairman of Lehman indicated that in some of 22 the testimony he's given to Congress in the past. 23 the rescue of Bear Stearns, because to me this was I think there's a In addition, creditors of Lehman, such as the 24 Reserve Fund that caused so much difficulty, would probably 25 have rid themselves of the commercial paper that they were 75 1 holding that would immediately have lost value if Lehman had 2 actually been allowed to fail. 3 they were stuck with this commercial paper. 4 as you remember, that particular money market fund, reserve 5 fund actually broke the buck and there was a run on money 6 market funds. 7 And so when Lehman did fail And, of course, So the consequences of rescuing Lehman in terms 8 of its moral hazard were quite significant. 9 if I can just to follow up your reasoning a little bit more 10 So I would like carefully. 11 If I may make just a couple of other points. 12 Yesterday we heard from officers of--and former 13 officers of Bear Stearns--and from Chairman Cox of the SEC. 14 And we learned--I was surprised to learn that Bear Stearns 15 was actually solvent at the time that it was rescued. 16 had not actually become insolvent, at least according to 17 Chairman Cox and according to those former officers of the 18 company. 19 It And so the first question I'd like to ask you is 20 whether you were aware that Bear was in fact a solvent 21 company. 22 But were you aware you were dealing when you got Bear to be 23 rescued that you were dealing with a solvent company? 24 25 Now I understand there was a liquidity problem. WITNESS PAULSON: ridiculous statement. I think that is almost a We were told on Thursday night that 76 1 Bear was going to file for bankruptcy Friday morning if we 2 didn't act. 3 bankruptcy? 4 So how does a solvent company file for You know, it is--When institutions, financial 5 institutions die they die quickly. 6 They die because the market loses confidence. 7 It's a liquidity crisis. When they die I don't care what someone has got 8 on their books--okay? Assets, if you had to sell them, are 9 not worth, you know, more than liabilities. 10 mistake about it: 11 for bankruptcy tomorrow morning.' 12 So make no We were told, 'The jig's up; we're filing And you know what? If--And at the time, you 13 know, we almost found out whether your hypothesis was right 14 because if J.P. Morgan hadn't emerged there was nothing that 15 was going to be done here. 16 But so, okay. That's your first question. 17 COMMISSIONER WALLISON: Now I would say that 18 companies can file for bankruptcy even when they're solvent 19 if they are illiquid because one of the definitions of 20 bankruptcy is you cannot pay your obligations as they come 21 due. 22 23 24 25 It's not simply being legally insolvent. WITNESS PAULSON: This is a financial institution. COMMISSIONER WALLISON: into that point. Yes. But the point is-- But let's not get 77 1 2 WITNESS PAULSON: Well, I think that's a huge point. 3 COMMISSIONER WALLISON: The point is I just want 4 to be sure that we are talking about a possibility that we 5 could rescue firms that are in fact insolvent. 6 Now the officials of--the officers of Bear 7 Stearns we talked to, and Chairman Cox--although Chairman 8 Cox was not speaking as chairman of the SEC--both said they 9 did not think that Bear Stearns was too big to fail, and 10 that if it had failed it would have caused--they did not 11 believe it would have caused the kind of disruption that we 12 normally consider as necessary to rescue an institution that 13 is too big to fail. 14 Why did you think that Bear was too big to fail? 15 WITNESS PAULSON: 16 First of all, I don't take moral hazard lightly. Okay. 17 If Bear Stearns, if this had happened at a time--this 18 occurred at a time when the credit crisis had been underway 19 for seven months and the system was very fragile, throughout 20 the system. 21 22 23 Secondly, we didn't have the tools, as I said, to wind them down outside of a bankruptcy process. So what I saw in the marketplace was a market 24 gripped with fear, and that Bear was not the cause. Bear 25 was a symptom of fear and panic in the market and of this 78 1 broader problem of illiquidity. And so, as I said to you, I 2 believed that if Bear had failed that there were all sort of 3 counter parties which would have grabbed their collateral, 4 sold it. 5 write downs, you know. It would have led to bigger losses and bigger 6 And, for instance, your comment about the reserve 7 fund holding Lehman paper, yeah, darn right. If Bear had 8 gone down the reserve fund wouldn't have held Lehman paper 9 and neither would any other fund. And, you know--or many of 10 them. And so you would have--it just would have triggered 11 it quicker. 12 immediately if Bear had gone, and just the whole process 13 would have just started earlier. You would have had Lehman going I think almost 14 COMMISSIONER WALLISON: All right. 15 Well, if that's true then how could you not have 16 rescued Lehman under those circumstances? 17 you're saying is that--you had implied that you were going 18 to rescue everybody else for the same reason: 19 fear in the market. 20 WITNESS PAULSON: Yeah. Because what There was We looked at every one 21 of these, you know, on their own circumstances. 22 tried hard to come up with a solution for Lehman, very hard. 23 24 25 But we Again, if there had been a buyer for Lehman like there was for Bear we would have done the same thing. COMMISSIONER WALLISON: Let me just turn the 79 1 questioning to one other point, if I can ask you a question 2 on a different subject. 3 You said that subprime mortgages were a 4 relatively small part of the problem, although they were a 5 triggering element -- 6 WITNESS PAULSON: 7 Commissioner Wallison. --I think, in your view of 8 9 Right. this. Are you aware that there are views that the 10 number of subprime and Alt A mortgages in the market is much 11 larger than the 20 percent you cited? 12 all mortgages by 2008, as much as half of all mortgages were 13 subprime and Alt A, and thus were ready to fail when the 14 bubble that we were experiencing began to flatten out. As much as half of 15 If you had known that at the time -- 16 Vice Chairman Thomas: 17 Mr. Chairman, yield the Commissioner additional three minutes. 18 COMMISSIONER WALLISON: Thank you. 19 If you had known that at the time would your view 20 about what was likely to happen or the importance of 21 subprime mortgages have been different? 22 23 24 25 WITNESS PAULSON: I'm not sure. First of all, I don't know that. But I don't--I think the big question--and I think where you and I agree is that housing policy and 80 1 housing was the big issue here that we dealt with. 2 look at the problem, there were excesses throughout the 3 market but that it was housing policy and montages more 4 generally, okay? 5 And as I So I'm not as focused on, you know, I think 6 subprime was, you know, was obviously where the most 7 egregious excesses took place. 8 know, people use this e. coli example or mad cow disease. 9 That I think first came from me and Treasury and we use it And I have no doubt--You 10 in the book. 11 because there was so much uncertainty about that it 12 infected, you know, so many of the others in securitizations 13 in terms of the way investors concern. 14 concern. 15 16 17 And I do think that it's a good example So it was a big But I'm not sure that if I had--that that would have made a big difference. COMMISSIONER WALLISON: Let me tell you why I 18 think it's significant to think about it in these terms. 19 And that is--we've had questions here yesterday, and we 20 might have some further ones today--and that is that both 21 regulated banks, which are heavily regulated, as you know, 22 and investment banks failed in roughly the same 23 circumstances. 24 Confidence was lost in both. 25 There were runs in effect on both. And so the question really is if there were 81 1 circumstances that were so severe coming out of some event 2 which seems unprecedented in at least the last 70 years, 3 wasn't it a significant fact that there was no way that our 4 regulatory system could have prevented or did prevent the 5 loss of--not only among investment banks, as we've been 6 talking about, but also among regulated real banks. 7 WITNESS PAULSON: You know, I take your point. I 8 mean the fact is this was a--this event was--it's hard I 9 think to go back in history and find any event that was more 10 extraordinary in terms of the extent of the crisis, the 11 magnitude of some of the things that were witnessed here. 12 And so I think your thesis is, you know, has got a lot of 13 truth to it in terms of the housing. 14 COMMISSIONER WALLISON: 15 CHAIRMAN ANGELIDES: 16 COMMISSIONER GEORGIOU: 17 And thank you, Secretary Paulson, for joining us 18 with which I agree. 21 could. 22 25 Thank you, Mr. Chairman. I want to turn to a portion of your testimony 20 24 Mr. Georgiou. here today. 19 23 Thank you. And I'd like to highlight it if I On page four of your testimony on securitization you say: "Because securitization separated mortgage originators and underwriters from holding the risk of the 82 1 loans they originated it enabled subprime lenders to stop 2 focusing on the creditworthiness of the loans they made and 3 instead focus solely on their ability to sell those loans 4 upstream to underwriters. 5 their underwriting criteria, relying on their ability to 6 sell the securities into a booming market." Underwriters in turn relaxed 7 You go on to say: 8 "Reforms are unquestionably required. 9 disclosure is necessary. Better Underwriters and originators 10 should be required to retain some portion of what they sell. 11 Requiring underwriters to keep some "skin in the game" will 12 properly align their incentives with those of investors who 13 end up holding the bulk of the risk." 14 And then you go on to say: 15 "These changes will provide the securitization 16 market with powerful incentives to focus on creditworthiness 17 and will lead to more responsible lending practices." 18 19 And then yesterday we heard from Chairman Cox. And in this written statement he said words to the effect: 20 "If honest lending practices had been followed 21 much of this crisis quite simply would not have occurred. 22 The nearly complete collapse of lending standards by banks 23 and other mortgage originators led to the creation of so 24 much worthless or near-worthless mortgage paper that as of 25 September 2008 banks had reported over one-half trillion 83 1 dollars in losses on U.S. subprime mortgages and related 2 exposure." 3 4 One-half trillion dollars, 500 billion dollars, 500,000 million, which was, you know, an extraordinary amount of money in 5 light of the capitalization of a lot of the institutions 6 that had to write down this paper. 7 And yesterday when James Cayne and Allen 8 Schwartz, the last two CEOs of Bear Stearns testified, I 9 asked them what they thought of the idea of requiring 10 investment bankers to hold--take some of their fees in the 11 actual securities that they create, whether that might 12 enhance the diligence and, you know, align the interests of 13 investors more closely with those of the underwriters. 14 And of course they both said that sounded like a 15 great idea, but Mr. Cayne said, you know, they're not going 16 to like it, he said about the investment bankers. 17 And I just want to harken back to your successor 18 at Goldman, whom I asked a similar question of back at our 19 first hearing in January. 20 those securities but then what we would do would hedge 21 them,' and essentially not, you know, not effectively have 22 the exposure to it. 23 idea would be for you to be long on it so that in your 24 underwriting obligations when you were representing to 25 investors that these would be sound investments you would And he said, 'Well, we could take And of course I said, 'Well, the whole 84 1 actually be side by side with them in the long haul.' 2 All of which is to lead me to a question which I 3 really think bears more on your experience at Goldman Sachs 4 and on the street generally than at the Treasury of, the 5 Secretary: 6 How could such a notion be implemented in light 7 of the different responsibilities that investment banks have 8 in at least three of their roles: 9 One is as an underwriter in which they undertake 10 to have a fiduciary duty to investors and represent that a 11 security is--that they're selling is not just the right to 12 sell it but to actually represent that it will perform as 13 represented; 14 Two, as a market maker, which is essentially what 15 Mr. Blankfein was suggesting, which is that people ask for 16 positions and they offer their clients the opportunity to 17 invest long or short or hedge their positions in various 18 respects; 19 20 21 And really third, as proprietary traders investing for their own account. And the reason I say that--and I'd just like your 22 thoughts in this regard--is if people were required to hold 23 those securities, one, how would you enforce them holding 24 them and staying long on them, not hedging them; and is that 25 realistic in light of the differential obligations of these 85 1 investment banks? 2 WITNESS PAULSON: That's a very good question. 3 And a lot of people have recommended what I've recommended. 4 And this recommendation is short on--long on policy and 5 short on how you would implement it. 6 think it is difficult to implement for the reasons you 7 suggested. 8 And I'll tell you: But I would--And I think your question has got 9 the nub of the way you need to think about it because I 10 think a market making function is not really what we're 11 talking about here, you know. 12 marketplace and it's got a client that wants to sell or 13 wants a bank to commit capital or help manage risk, that's 14 one situation. 15 If a bank is in the So it's really as an underwriter. And I don't know that I even have a problem--and 16 I probably need to think about this some more--but even as 17 an underwriter putting a hedge on, again the hedge if it's 18 constructed properly you could have a hedge against, for 19 instance, the mortgage market overall. 20 security you're going to want to perform better, right? 21 COMMISSIONER GEORGIOU: 22 WITNESS PAULSON: 23 24 25 I But this particular Correct. Because you have done such good due diligence. And so I think the only caveat I would say is you want to have some skin in the game--and I made this comment 86 1 earlier. 2 actually those firms, some of them that got into the most 3 problem were those that kept an extraordinary amount of the 4 paper they had underwritten, which was rated AAA, and were 5 holding so much on their balance sheet that they almost 6 failed because of it. 7 But you don't want to have too much because COMMISSIONER GEORGIOU: 8 said. 9 own cooking. He said--I asked him whether they ought to eat their He said, 'Well, we choked on our own cooking,' 10 is what he said. 11 their books. 12 And he got stuck with those securities on But that wasn't his intention. 13 to originate and distribute them. 14 sell them all. 15 16 Oh, that's what John Mack WITNESS PAULSON: His intention was But he wasn't able to That's right. That institution and two others choked on their own cooking. 17 COMMISSIONER GEORGIOU: 18 WITNESS PAULSON: Right. And so what we're talking about 19 here, I'm not talking about something that's different from 20 prudent risk management. 21 financial institutions to do things that's not going to 22 involve prudent risk management. 23 way that as you underwrite that there's some piece of what 24 you've underwritten that you continue to have to live with 25 and own. I don't think we ever wants to ask But there's got to be a 87 1 2 COMMISSIONER GEORGIOU: Right. Live with really maybe even as long as the security is intended to produce. 3 WITNESS PAULSON: Right. 4 COMMISSIONER GEORGIOU: And maybe the bonuses 5 that were paid to the people who did the deal and were 6 responsible for the diligence ought to be paid in part in 7 the securities that they created. 8 9 I mean one of the thoughts is--that many people have suggested here is that the fact that underwriters were 10 paid exclusively in cash, you know, the credit rating 11 agencies were paid exclusively in cash. 12 brokers were paid exclusively in cash when the issue was 13 sold and didn't have any--didn't retain any risk for the 14 failure to perform as projected was a problem. 15 16 The mortgage I'm sorry, could I have a couple of minutes? Two minutes more, please? 17 CHAIRMAN ANGELIDES: Absolutely. 18 COMMISSIONER GEORGIOU: 19 Yes, sir. 20 WITNESS PAULSON: Thank you. I would think that formulaic 21 compensation just in general is a problem. 22 particularly--and then paying it in cash makes the problem 23 much greater. 24 COMMISSIONER GEORGIOU: 25 WITNESS PAULSON: Giving--and Not paying in cash? I'm saying paying it 88 1 in--formulaic compensation is a problem. 2 COMMISSIONER GEORGIOU: 3 WITNESS PAULSON: Right. And then paying in cash is 4 another problem because again I strongly believe that when 5 looking at compensation it's very important to align 6 interest and for there to be a long tail on that 7 compensation. 8 the securities, however it is done, an important part of 9 their compensation should be how well they do their job. So, as you say, that those that underwrite 10 But how well they do their job has got to be the quality of 11 their job, not just the short-term profit. 12 COMMISSIONER GEORGIOU: Right. 13 And I think that it also has the beneficial 14 impact of aligning their interests with the investors who 15 purchase it. 16 WITNESS PAULSON: 17 COMMISSIONER GEORGIOU: 18 19 Yeah. And avoiding untoward--being on the opposite side. I wondered if I could ask you in just the last 20 few seconds I have here to reflect a little upon this 21 question and maybe you could respond in writing if you come 22 up with any thoughts from your long-time experience on the 23 street as to how this might work. 24 element, I think, that many people are looking for a 25 solution to that could improve diligence and improve the Because this is an 89 1 quality of the paper sold, which could avoid the problem 2 going forward in the future. 3 WITNESS PAULSON: Like so many things, it's 4 easier to discuss this at 100,000 feet than it is to figure 5 out how to implement it. 6 COMMISSIONER GEORGIOU: 7 WITNESS PAULSON: 8 COMMISSIONER GEORGIOU: Secretary. 11 12 15 16 17 18 19 Thank you so much, Mr. And thank you for your service. CHAIRMAN ANGELIDES: And we're going to keep that one assistant of yours real busy between now and December. 13 14 I will give it some more thought. 9 10 Right. VICE CHAIRMAN THOMAS: Could I have just a minute. CHAIRMAN ANGELIDES: Absolutely. just a minute; absolutely. VICE CHAIRMAN THOMAS: I'll give myself a minute out of my own time. There are some of us on this Commission who are 20 admitted non-economists. 21 which we sometimes have to translate. 22 23 24 25 You can have And so there's a jargon that's used WITNESS PAULSON: I will join you in that. I'm an admitted non-economist. VICE CHAIRMAN THOMAS: admitted non-attorney. Yeah. I'm also an So there's a whole lot of things I'm 90 1 admitted 'non' on. 2 But in trying to understand both in terms of the 3 shadow banking system and the point that Mr. Wallison makes 4 so clearly about the subprime Alt A mortgages, the flawed 5 mortgage packages, I think most people would understand 6 interconnectedness, i.e., you've got five men climbing a 7 mountain, they're all roped together. 8 the other four with him. 9 One falls, he pulls But contagion and common shock that are terms 10 that are being used are for me a little more difficult to 11 parse. 12 When you use the e. coli example, my argument is, 13 coming from the ag background and the other stuff, that if 14 you told me that spinach, packaged spinach--which was an 15 actual case--had e. coli, you could go ahead and eat 16 lettuce. 17 because it isn't the spinach. 18 be that everybody had it. 19 You don't have to worry about getting e. coli And then common shock would So where do you place the mortgage packages? Did 20 everybody have them and that pulled everyone down and then 21 all the other assets became devaluated? 22 23 24 25 WITNESS PAULSON: You see, here's what happened. And I'll try to explain this in simple terms. VICE CHAIRMAN THOMAS: complex terms if they're defined. I can usually handle 91 1 2 WITNESS PAULSON: But this will be--you can handle very complex terms -- 3 VICE CHAIRMAN THOMAS: 4 WITNESS PAULSON: --as anybody who's read the tax 5 Okay. code knows. 6 But what had happened was there were these very 7 complicated securities that were hard to understand. 8 bought them on a rating. 9 in subprime. 10 People And they knew there were problems And so once the problems occurred then there 11 were--anything that even looked like securitization in the 12 mortgage area or complexity caused people to pull back 13 because they said--and it wasn't a matter of pricing. 14 became illiquid. 15 McDonald's reduced the--if there was a big concern about 16 beef somewhere and McDonald's reduced the price of their 17 hamburgers more people wouldn't buy it if they were scared. 18 People -- 19 20 That's why the e. coli thing, you know, if VICE CHAIRMAN THOMAS: But what about the plague, for example? 21 WITNESS PAULSON: 22 VICE CHAIRMAN THOMAS: Yeah. See, Bear Stearns kept 23 saying, 'We weren't very big in subprime.' 24 big in Alt A. 25 It WITNESS PAULSON: Well, they were But what happens is that was 92 1 it. So people then said--investors became concerned, even 2 if there was a very low likelihood. 3 when one asset class becomes illiquid--okay?--no one can 4 sell it, then what happens, people all run to sell another 5 asset class. 6 salable. 7 everybody's trying to sell them. 8 around the same risk control table trying to sell the same 9 thing, and all the buyers are in the hospital. And so they go to sell the mortgages that are And pretty soon those become illiquid because 10 11 And so what happened is VICE CHAIRMAN THOMAS: And everyone's sitting So it's contagion rather than common shock? 12 WITNESS PAULSON: It's contagious because 13 illiquid, you try to sell something that becomes illiquid 14 because of fear it can't be sold. 15 shouldn't be related, you know, that they're not supposed to 16 be correlated do become correlated because they're what 17 everyone else tries to sell. 18 VICE CHAIRMAN THOMAS: So then securities that And Bear Stearns at the 19 end said the only thing they could really deal with were 20 Treasuries. 21 WITNESS PAULSON: Well, I would just simply say 22 that counter parties in the repo market lost confidence in 23 Bear Stearns. 24 certain securities. 25 And they were unable to borrow against VICE CHAIRMAN THOMAS: Notwithstanding the fact 93 1 others had the same? 2 WITNESS PAULSON: Yeah, there were others--No, 3 others had--this was a loss of confidence. Others were 4 experiencing similar problems, but not nearly to the same 5 extent. This was focused on Bear Stearns. 6 VICE CHAIRMAN THOMAS: 7 WITNESS PAULSON: So it was degree. But let me also say to you that 8 lending practices were very sloppy, and borrowing practices. 9 It's one thing if I want to repo a Treasury. Okay? If I'm 10 redoing a mortgage security and you're giving me 100 percent 11 of the value lending on that, not asking for a haircut, 12 that's sloppy. 13 And so what happened was there was an assumption 14 you could keep borrowing at--quote--full value on these 15 securities when they were dropping in value. 16 VICE CHAIRMAN THOMAS: Okay. I'll have to ask my 17 colleague, Doug Eakin--an admitted economist--if sloppy is a 18 term of art. 19 CHAIRMAN ANGELIDES: Mr. Hennessey. 20 COMMISSIONER HENNESSEY: 21 What I'd like to ask you to do is to focus on 22 three specific firm failures--I guess four if we package 23 Fannie and Freddie together. 24 why those firms failed. 25 for you to explain your thinking about scenarios that you Thank you, Mr. Chairman. And we were just talking about But instead what I'd like to ask is 94 1 feared might happen if they were not bailed out or 2 rescued--whatever your favorite term is. 3 So Bear, Fannie and Freddie, and AIG; because as 4 I understand it, the scenarios, the really bad scenarios 5 that might have happened if those firms had failed were 6 somewhat different, in particular thinking about counter 7 parties. 8 9 With bear it sounded like what you were describing was if Bear was the slowest deer and the lions 10 got it that the next slowest deer might fall prey to the 11 lions, whereas there were other scenarios, as I understood 12 it, for what would happen, you know, to the system if Fannie 13 and Freddie failed or what would happen if AIG failed. 14 So could you compare and contrast? 15 WITNESS PAULSON: 16 COMMISSIONER HENNESSEY: 17 WITNESS PAULSON: Well -What concern -- I would say it's one thing--I 18 have to really be very careful here because doing it with 19 what I know today in terms of what I knew then. 20 Okay? So with Bear Stearns, what I knew then, I 21 wasn't--I knew enough to know that the system was very 22 fragile and that there were so many unknowns in terms of the 23 counter parties that this was a very dangerous risk to take 24 and an imprudent risk to take to have them go down. 25 What I know today is that what was waiting for us 95 1 in terms of Fannie and Freddie, which I didn't know then, 2 and what was--you know, and how severe the overall situation 3 was. 4 firm that I believe if it had gone down like a Drexel or 5 whatever during a more normal market, as opposed to one 6 where there was huge stress and fragility. 7 beneath the surface, you know, throughout the institutions 8 in Europe and the U.S., it caused me concern. But there's no doubt that--and Bear was the kind of 9 And what I saw Now you mentioned Fannie and Freddie. 10 just a different order of magnitude. 11 posed sort of an unimaginable risk to me. 12 That's As I said, that just It's just the whole--if there had been a loss of 13 confidence that they didn't have the ability to pay back 14 their securities--I mean there was 3.7 trillion held in the 15 U.S., 1.7 trillion outside of the U.S., they just sort of 16 flowed through the financial markets almost like water. 17 They were liquid securities, they were considered to be. 18 So that would have--if there had been a big 19 disruption there no one in the world would have had any 20 confidence in our ability to deal with this. 21 22 COMMISSIONER HENNESSEY: Can I interrupt you for a second? 23 What you're describing I think are two different 24 things. With Bear it's that if Bear fails, it's not that 25 other people would be holding Bear securities and that would 96 1 push them under. 2 Bear might then affect another firm. 3 4 It's that the same problem that affected WITNESS PAULSON: It would start a chain reaction. 5 COMMISSIONER HENNESSEY: Right. Whereas with 6 Fannie and Freddie what you're describing is that there were 7 actual firms that held Fannie and Freddie debt on their 8 balance sheet and Fannie and Freddie's collapse would have 9 caused problems on their balance sheet. 10 11 WITNESS PAULSON: Yeah. But, Keith, it's more than that. 12 It's just the whole thought--okay--that something 13 of this magnitude, you know, that was chartered by the 14 United States of America, with our housing bubble that we 15 were going to stand behind that. 16 would any institution be safe. 17 18 And then, you know, when you talk about Lehman, I will say to you that -- 19 20 There would be--well, why COMMISSIONER HENNESSEY: Actually it was about AIG. 21 WITNESS PAULSON: Oh. AIG. Okay. 22 Well, AIG is an order of magnitude bigger than 23 obviously Lehman or Bear. It was one that we knew the least 24 about because there was no one regulator that had, you know, 25 a clear line of sight. So we knew the least about it. But 97 1 we knew that it was huge in terms of the size and the 2 interconnectedness and the credit default swaps with all the 3 counter parties. 4 It's a real example of rating. You know, I have a--you know, the danger of a AAA 5 rating where--and again liquidity. 6 contracts with them without getting normal margin because 7 they were AAA. 8 have to post collateral if there was a downgrade, you know, 9 without saying, well, how do we make sure we have the 10 Many people entered into They entered into contracts where they would liquidity to deal with a downgrade. 11 And then, of course, you touch so many 12 individuals because they had these--they guaranteed through 13 their--get contracts and other retirement plans for teachers 14 and health care workers and others. 15 millions of Americans there. 16 insurance. 17 18 So you get tens of You get, you know, the So it again was, you know, it's like Lehman squared or whatever. 19 COMMISSIONER HENNESSEY: Okay. 20 Yesterday--a different topic. Yesterday 21 consistently from the Bear executives we heard non-specific 22 hypotheses that there was someone who was strategically 23 inciting the panic; that there were actors out there who 24 were actively trying to bring Bear down to make money. 25 hear this crop up a lot, but you never hear anyone actually You 98 1 name names and say, 'Here's who I think was behaving 2 strategically.' 3 I'm not going to ask you to name names. But do 4 you think that there were participants out there who were 5 trying to bring down Bear or any of these other firms? 6 WITNESS PAULSON: I do. First of all, I don't 7 ever mean that this is the fundamental cause. I think that 8 there was--where there's smoke there's fire, number one. 9 And it was about a loss of confidence. I believe short- 10 selling is essential for the price discovery process in the 11 U.S. 12 got a legal connotation. But I don't use the word 'collusive' because that's 13 But I would say that when you see serial 14 attacks--okay?--not just sort of an industry overall but 15 serial attacks. 16 stock and then bet on the credit default swaps to widen and 17 do that. 18 wolf pack trying to pull down the weak deer. 19 And it was the easiest trade to short the And to see it go sort of like from, you know, the So I'm not saying there was behavior that was 20 illegal. 21 they were--the SEC to investigate. 22 found something that was illegal like collusive or 23 manipulative they would have acted--or they will act. 24 25 That was something that I'd want--and I'm sure And I'm sure if they But I do think that, like so many things, we had rules that were there to serve us well in normal times. But 99 1 when we had extraordinary times like this we needed to take 2 some extraordinary actions with regard to short-selling. 3 And I still think those that are thinking about circuit 4 breakers or ways of addressing, you know, short-selling 5 during times of crisis or when a stock moves too far, you 6 know, are important things to do. 7 8 9 And I do think--it sure looked to me like some kind of coordinated action. COMMISSIONER HENNESSEY: Thank you. 10 CHAIRMAN ANGELIDES: 11 Ms. Murren. 12 COMMISSIONER MURREN: 13 And thank you, Mr. Secretary, for spending so 14 15 Thank you, Mr. Hennessey. Thank you. much time with us talking about these important issues. I'd like to talk to you actually about a 16 fundamental assumption that people seem to have. 17 would like to challenge it and get your response to it. 18 People often say that financial innovation is a 19 great thing. 20 an important purpose. 21 think about cancer research, technology. 22 And I It's important. It's necessary and it serves But when I think about innovation I And it seems to me that when you look at 23 financial innovation over the last let's say decade, you've 24 got MBS, CDS, CDOs, that all of these really seem to have 25 led to a common lack of understanding about the instruments 100 1 themselves, both on the selling side of it and on the buying 2 side of it. 3 products that have become increasingly complex. 4 It could extend all the way down into mortgage And yet they don't seem to protect the people 5 that would use these kinds of innovations to protect 6 themselves against a natural business exposure. 7 seem to have strengthened the U.S. economy and helped the 8 real economy to evolve. 9 is to enrich all of the intermediaries throughout this They do not But really what it has served to do 10 process and to create a lot of unpredictability and a lot of 11 volatility, which leads us to where we are today. 12 So I guess with that, do you really believe that 13 financial innovation beyond a certain point is a positive 14 thing? 15 WITNESS PAULSON: No, I don't. But here is a 16 problem. And we really get to the problem we were talking 17 about earlier, is how to deal with this. 18 doubt in my mind that a lot of innovation has been good. 19 mean the fact that we have strong markets, efficient markets 20 away from, you know, the banks, that I think the concept of 21 securitization is a good one, and, used properly, it's 22 great. Because there's no I think the repo markets are. 23 But we have had excessive innovation and 24 complexity. And I think particularly--I think excessive 25 complexity is a problem in a lot of places, even with tech I 101 1 companies bringing out new products. 2 can only--you're just bound to have mistakes the more 3 difficult, the more complex something is. 4 And you just learn you And, of course, with the kinds of complexity we 5 have with these financial products, it is a real problem. 6 And so again the only way I can think to practically deal 7 with it, because I think it is very difficult to write a 8 rule that said you can do this and you can't do that on 9 behalf of the government, so I just think that regulators 10 11 should be pushing towards standardization. And I think the right way to deal with it is with 12 capital charges, and big capital charges. If something 13 is--and, you know, transparency. 14 toward--fighting toward transparency, disclosure, and 15 penalize complexity with capital charges. Just pushing 16 COMMISSIONER MURREN: Thank you. 17 I'd like to follow up on that issue of 18 transparency, in particular looking at the conversation we 19 were just having about--indirectly about hedge funds and 20 their behaviors within the market. 21 moments for Bear Stearns was when their hedge fund 22 operations declared that they were insolvent, I guess. 23 And one of the salient When you think about the activities of hedge 24 funds surrounding the crisis there was a fair degree of lack 25 of transparency in that regard. Do you think that these are 102 1 entities that should be included in what you just described, 2 which is a regime that more adequately discloses not only 3 the positions but also perhaps the motivations of the 4 various players within the markets? 5 WITNESS PAULSON: Yeah, it's very interesting 6 because we focused on hedge funds early on with the 7 President's Working Group. 8 did was to audit the relationships between the prime brokers 9 and the big banks, you know, and the hedge funds and make And one of the first things we 10 sure that the regulated institutions had plenty of capital 11 and plenty of margin. 12 where the problem occurred. 13 And as it turns out, this wasn't And I think that work was good because it didn't 14 have a problem. 15 the regulated entities. 16 on the citizen conduits, you know, we were focused on the 17 hedge funds. 18 But the problem was right under our nose in And, you know, we weren't focused But having said that, I recommended that in the 19 blueprint we put out that hedge funds that were big and 20 complex enough to be systemically important be 21 chartered--Okay?--and have that regulation. 22 for that. And so I do think that's important. 23 COMMISSIONER MURREN: 24 One final question. 25 And I am all Thank you. One of the things that's striking to me in talking to everyone that we've talked to 103 1 so far is there really hasn't been anyone yet who has 2 admitted that they've made mistakes in this whole thing, 3 that they would do differently. 4 that from 10,000, or is it at 100,000 feet that everybody 5 makes mistakes? 6 to tell us what mistakes you might have made in the course 7 of the crisis. 8 9 I know that you've said I'm wondering if you'd like to be the first WITNESS PAULSON: Well, I would say there's a good number of mistakes because the--you know, and I think 10 my mistakes were primarily communications mistakes. 11 hardly know where to begin there because, you know, let's 12 start with the TARP. 13 And I When we sent the outline we sent a three-page 14 outline up to Congress. 15 conference and should have said, 'This is not take-it-or- 16 leave-it; this is not complete; this is a starting point for 17 negotiations.' 18 We should have had a press I was never able to explain to the American 19 people in a way in which they understood it why these 20 rescues were for them and for their benefit, not for Wall 21 Street--never, ever to make that connection. 22 rescues today remain very, very, very unpopular. 23 And the I think that the things that are generally 24 pointed out as mistakes that we made are in most cases 25 situations like Lehman Brothers where we didn't have the 104 1 authorities. Okay? And, you know, again looking at it for 2 100,000 feet, I think the major decisions we made--and I 3 think with 20/20 hindsight it's easier to say this--working 4 with imperfect tools and authorities were the right ones. 5 Okay? 6 right ones. And I look back on those and I think they were the 7 But along the way there were plenty of mistakes 8 made by everyone. 9 better a lot of the time. 10 And, you know, I sure wish I communicated COMMISSIONER MURREN: When you look around at the 11 other people that were involved in this could you give us 12 maybe just the top two or three mistakes that you saw made 13 that might have made a difference in all this? 14 WITNESS PAULSON: 15 liquidity. 16 to look at capital. 17 Well, I think understanding of I just can't say that over enough. It's so easy But capital is a number and it is, you know, 18 whether it's eight percent or ten percent--and you've got to 19 look at that in relation to the overall balance sheet. 20 so when you find a bank taking a prime brokerage account and 21 taking those securities and using them to finance itself 22 overnight, but then making a 30-day or 60-day loan to the 23 prime broker so the prime broker now takes the securities 24 out, you can't finance yourself overnight but you've still 25 got that 30-day loan to them. And I wonder how people do those 105 1 things. 2 And so I think those--I think liquidity and 3 understanding liquidity. 4 believe despite--you know, we could just talk about all the 5 mistakes the bankers made, all the mistakes the rating 6 agencies made. 7 And then other than that I really But I think this Committee, if you don't get to 8 the root causes of these we'll be sitting down with another 9 Committee in a number of years and it will be worse because 10 there will be still those mistakes all those different 11 market participants make but we'll still have the root 12 cause, which is we'd better change our housing policy, we'd 13 better restructure and really scale back and shrink the 14 mission of Fannie and Freddie at a minimum; we'd better do 15 some things with our tax policy and do some things to 16 encourage savings in the United States and discourage over- 17 borrowing. 18 So again that would be my two cents worth. 19 COMMISSIONER MURREN: 20 CHAIRMAN ANGELIDES: 21 Just one technical matter. 22 Thank you. Mr. Secretary, thank you. When I started today-- 23 Oh, I'm sorry, Mr. Wallison. 24 COMMISSIONER WALLISON: 25 CHAIRMAN ANGELIDES: Two minutes? Right. All right. And then I have 106 1 a very quick close and... 2 COMMISSIONER WALLISON: Yeah. I just wanted to 3 follow up on something I thought was very important that 4 Vice Chairman Thomas talked about, the issue of common shock 5 and liquidity. 6 It seems to me the significant fact is that 7 because of the big losses on subprime and Alt A loans, as 8 you probably know, the mortgage-backed securities market 9 came to a halt basically in 2007--that is, couldn't buy or 10 sell mortgage-backed securities and CDOs and so forth, but 11 basically mortgage-backed securities. 12 seems to me, that financial institutions couldn't sell a 13 substantial portion of their assets and they became largely 14 illiquid. 15 assets because of the rules for accounting at the time. 16 And this meant, it And in fact they had to write down some of their So for that reason these institutions looked like 17 they were unstable or perhaps insolvent. 18 certainly illiquid and that is very important, as you 19 pointed out. 20 banks simply couldn't cope with that. 21 disappearance of a major asset class; it just was no longer 22 there. 23 They were So the regulation of banks and investment This is the There was no market for it any more. And I would like to have your reaction to that as 24 a person who is familiar with markets. 25 WITNESS PAULSON: Yeah. 107 1 There is no doubt there was real liquidity 2 problems, huge liquidity problems. 3 to value assets. 4 accounting. 5 thoughtful people that blame mark-to-market accounting, fair 6 value accounting. 7 And that makes it hard And I know your view on mark-to-market And I know there are a number of very I'm not one of them. In other words, I believe the problems would have 8 been worse without it. 9 institutions had mark-to-market accounting the excesses 10 wouldn't have built up to the point that they built up. 11 would have been more apparent. 12 you run an institution if you don't have the discipline of 13 having to mark these assets and put a real value on them 14 rather than a historical value on them continually. 15 I believe if more financial And I frankly don't know how So again, I'm a proponent--and I think--and I had 16 people during the crisis say, 'I've got an idea. 17 stop mark-to-market accounting and the problem will go 18 away.' 19 investors. 20 transparency. 21 Let's just And of course that really would have scared And investors wanted more visibility and But again, I understand your view. And I've 22 spent a lot of time talking about this with thoughtful 23 people. 24 to-market accounting accentuated some of the issues. 25 It And there's no doubt that during the crisis mark- COMMISSIONER WALLISON: I shouldn't have 108 1 mentioned mark-to-market accounting. 2 that I was talking simply about the lack of liquidity that 3 came from the fact that people couldn't value their assets 4 any more. 5 WITNESS PAULSON: 6 COMMISSIONER WALLISON: 7 WITNESS PAULSON: There was no market for There was not a market, or at least a market they wanted to accept. 10 11 Absolutely. their assets. 8 9 I want to just clarify CHAIRMAN ANGELIDES: Mr. Holtz-Eakin. Very quickly. 12 COMMISSIONER HOLTZ-EAKIN: Thank you. 13 I just wanted to dig down in the weeds on two 14 failures and get your opinion on what happened. 15 know, the overnight repo market failed pretty dramatically. 16 And we've talked about that. 17 One is, you But something that also failed was the sort of 18 traditional role of the commercial banks as a conduit to the 19 investment banks. 20 billion to J.P. Morgan, who knew them, knew their 21 collateral, and was unable in the crisis to have that loan 22 take place. 23 by the officers of Bear Stearns, who said that, you know, 24 one of the things that went in the past is when things got 25 bad the investment banks could go to the commercial banks In particular Bear Stearns went for $30 And this is related to remarks made yesterday 109 1 who had a lender of last resort and that that mechanism was 2 available to ameliorate difficulties. 3 4 What went wrong in this crisis that that didn't happen? 5 WITNESS PAULSON: Well, I think you need to 6 expect in any crisis if it's severe enough that an 7 institution is going to do what it takes to preserve itself 8 and not overexpose themselves to credit risk. 9 think that, you know, Tim Geithner, who you'll be talking And the--I 10 about later probably can tell you a lot more than I can 11 about the tri-party repo market. 12 works: 13 But remember how that You've got the custodian banks, and then 14 after--there's a big time during the day when they, for 15 almost for administrative convenience were the ones that had 16 the collateral. 17 the ones that had all of the--you know, they owned the risk. 18 And that was an uncomfortable spot for them to be in, and it 19 was an uncomfortable spot for any particular institution 20 that was on the other side to be in to be so dependent on 21 one or another institution. 22 But during the crisis of course they were But I don't--I can't comment beyond that, just 23 simply saying that it is very difficult at a time when 24 everyone is worried about markets and--to ask institutions 25 to extend a lot of credit when the confident goes and a run 110 1 has started. 2 COMMISSIONER HOLTZ-EAKIN: All right. 3 CHAIRMAN ANGELIDES: 4 Early on I referenced when I began the Thank you. Just one technical matter. 5 questioning some documents provided to us by Goldman with 6 respect to CDOs. 7 Sachs, one from the Senate Permanent Subcommittee on 8 Investigations and a page compiled by our own staff from 9 other Goldman documents, just for clarity. 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 I'd like to enter two pages from Goldman (INSERT.) 111 1 Just as a closer at least for me very quickly, 2 Mr. Secretary, because it's been gnawing at me. So when 3 Paul Reverse saw the lantern, one if by land, two of by sea, 4 he jumped on his horse and said, 'The British are coming.' 5 And I referred earlier to this kind of dilemma you may have 6 faced. 7 Here's my question: 8 Why is it in 2007 that no one from the public and 9 10 financial industry leadership saddled up like Paul Reverse and warned about the coming crisis? 11 WITNESS PAULSON: In 2007 why no one... 12 I think a lot of people saw excesses. But 13 remember, we'd had the nine markets for some time. 14 is it that, you know, almost any bubble becomes obvious 15 after the fact. 16 when you look at them. They all have, you know, they're 17 usually benign markets. 18 risk-taking, too much debt, and not a lot of transparency. 19 And why And they all have certain things in common There is almost always excessive But here I think that many people knew there were 20 excesses. And I think there were very few of us--I 21 certainly didn't--that saw something of the magnitude we 22 saw. It's pretty hard to predict a 100 year storm. 23 CHAIRMAN ANGELIDES: 24 WITNESS PAULSON: 25 CHAIRMAN ANGELIDES: Even as late as late 2007? Well -Because late 2007 you were 112 1 worried -- 2 WITNESS PAULSON: 3 CHAIRMAN ANGELIDES: 4 No, no. In late 2007 -- Were you worried about shaking the markets? 5 WITNESS PAULSON: Yeah. I would say in late 2007 6 I think we knew the markets were fragile. 7 I think that I--and I've said this a number of times 8 before--I think I was as concerned as anyone around me. 9 But in late 2007 And I underestimated in late 2007 and in early 10 2008, I underestimated--I knew there was a problem. 11 underestimated the magnitude and the scale of what we were 12 dealing with--It was just so big--really, almost every step 13 of the way. 14 I Now I look back and say if I'd been omniscient 15 I'm not sure what I would have done differently with the 16 powers. 17 hard to imagine what we were going through. 18 don't like to think about it. But this was--as I think back on it today it's even It keeps me--I 19 CHAIRMAN ANGELIDES: 20 I know the Vice Chair would like to make a 21 22 comment. All right. But I'm going to let him close this. I just want to thank you for coming today. We 23 probably could ask you many more hours of questions. But 24 we're going to take 15 minutes for lunch after the Vice 25 Chair makes his closing remark. 113 1 Thank you, Mr. Secretary. 2 VICE CHAIRMAN THOMAS: Mr. Secretary, I think 3 some of the problem might have been that you were flying at 4 100,000 feet. 5 Edwards Air Force Base was in my district for the 6 entire time I was in Congress. 7 X15 and flew above 60,000 feet they got astronaut wings. 8 I'd suggest if you were at about 50,000 then you could have 9 had a little better picture of what was going on. 10 WITNESS PAULSON: 11 VICE CHAIRMAN THOMAS: And when pilots got into the Good point. Thank you very much for 12 coming. We really, really appreciate the ability to cross 13 sections with one person in trying to get a better 14 understanding of what happened, in both government and the 15 private sector. 16 WITNESS PAULSON: 17 CHAIRMAN ANGELIDES: 18 We will take a 15-minute recess, Commission 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 Members. Thank you. Thank you. So we've got to move fast. (Whereupon, a brief recess was taken.) So 114 1 2 CHAIRMAN ANGELIDES: The meeting of the Financial Crisis Inquiry Commission will come back into order. 3 Welcome, Mr. Secretary. Thank you for joining us 4 today, and we appreciate you joining us midway in two days 5 of hearings about the shadow banking system. 6 Let us start, as we do with all witnesses, and 7 I'm going to ask if you would stand to be sworn for the 8 oath. If you would please stand and raise your right hand. 9 Do you solemnly swear or affirm under penalty of 10 perjury that the testimony you are about to provide the 11 Commission will be the truth, the whole truth, and nothing 12 but the truth, to the best of your knowledge? 13 SECRETARY GEITHNER: I do. 14 (Witness sworn.) 15 CHAIRMAN ANGELIDES: Good. I know you've been to 16 the Hill a few times, and you know what those microphones 17 and lights mean, but in this instance we appreciate having 18 received your written testimony and we would like to afford 19 you the opportunity, and we would like the benefit of an 20 oral presentation by you this morning. 21 yellow light will go on, and when time is up the red light. 22 We would like to ask you to give us a presentation of up to 23 ten minutes, and then we will move to Commissioner 24 questions. 25 Thank you, so much. At one minute the 115 1 2 WITNESS GEITHNER: Thank you, Mr. Chairman. Mr. Vice Chairman, and Members of the Commission: 3 Thanks for the chance to have me up here today. 4 You are engaged in a very important job of sifting through 5 the wreckage of this crisis so that we can better understand 6 what caused it and how to prevent a recurrence, and I 7 welcome a chance to be a part of that effort. 8 9 The Senate took a very important step yesterday in passing, with overwhelming bipartisan support, reforms to 10 prevent future financial bailouts. 11 not sufficient step to make our financial system more 12 stable. 13 This is a necessary but As the debate now shifts to the design of 14 consumer protection, oversight of derivatives markets, and 15 other issues, the votes ahead are very important. 16 And within the context of this hearing, I want to 17 emphasize a central tragic lesson of this crisis. 18 create a more stable financial system by carving out certain 19 types of financial institutions or activities from these 20 reforms. 21 We cannot If we do, we will only make the system less 22 stable. If we do, we will only allow once again firms in 23 the business of providing credit to escape the necessary 24 protections we need for consumers and businesses against 25 predation, abuse, and excessive risk. We have to create a 116 1 strong set of rules that no institution can escape. 2 In the aftermath of the Great Depression, the 3 United States put in place broad protections over the 4 financial system that laid the foundation for a more stable 5 banking industry for several decades. 6 But over time, this financial system outgrew 7 those protections. 8 banking regulation encouraged activity to move away from the 9 banking sector in search of weaker regulation and the 10 Over time, the constraints imposed by promise of higher returns. 11 And over time, a large parallel banking system 12 took root outside of the regulatory framework established 13 for banks. 14 financial institutions were allowed to engage in the 15 business of banking, providing financial services to 16 individuals and companies without being regulated as banks. 17 In this parallel system, a diverse group of At its peak, this financial system financed about 18 $8 trillion in assets, becoming almost as large as the 19 traditional banking system. 20 substantial leverage with relatively thin cushions against 21 the possibility of loss. 22 And much of that system used This parallel financial system, operating with 23 much weaker protections, proved exceptionally vulnerable to 24 a loss of confidence. 25 began to pull back and demand more collateral, forcing As the crisis intensified, investors 117 1 institutions in this parallel system to sell assets to meet 2 those demands for cash, pushing the price of financial 3 assets down, leading to a vicious cycle of panic. 4 That run--it was a classic run--on our financial 5 system brought us to the brink of collapse and our economy 6 faced the risk, a credible risk, of entering a second Great 7 Depression. 8 9 Now many people called this parallel system a shadow banking system, but it was not hidden away. It 10 operated in broad daylight, financed by institutional 11 investors with no history--a system with no history, or 12 reasonable expectation of government support in a crisis. 13 Instead, in many ways this parallel system was a pure 14 failure of market discipline. 15 So why did the protections put in place following 16 the Great Depression not protect us against the growth of 17 risk in this parallel system? 18 First, what helped make the growth in this system 19 possible was we entered a long period of relative economic 20 and financial stability during which borrowers and investors 21 took on more and more risk. 22 Trillions of dollars of financial decisions were 23 made in the U.S. and around the world on the expectation 24 that house prices would never fall; that future recessions 25 would be short and shallow; that systemic financial crises 118 1 in developed markets were a thing of the past; and that the 2 world economy would continue to grow unabated. 3 Those judgments proved tragically optimistic, and 4 ultimately the protections put in place around the 5 traditional banking system did not provide sufficient shock 6 absorbers to withstand a deep recession and a substantial 7 fall in real estate values. 8 But part of the cause lies in our balkanized, 9 fragmented regulatory system designed in a different era 10 that lagged far behind changes in the financial markets. 11 The government system of financial oversight was 12 simply not designed to constrain risk taking in this 13 parallel financial system. 14 limited to banks. 15 authority to set and enforce capital requirements on major 16 institutions that operated essentially banking businesses 17 outside of bank holding companies. 18 Prudential regulations were The Federal Reserve had no legal The Fed also had no legal authority over 19 investment banks, diversified institutions like AIG, or 20 hundreds of nonbank financial finance companies. 21 you know had no legal authority to set and enforce capital 22 requirements on a consolidated basis across the full range 23 of activities of investment banks. 24 25 The SEC as And more broadly, and this is critical, no regulator or supervisor had the core mission of looking 119 1 across the financial system and taking action to prevent the 2 diversion of activity away from the protections regulations 3 were designed to provide. 4 The result was a system that applied safety and 5 soundness regulation only to banks was unable to protect the 6 safety and stability of the broader financial system. 7 Now addressing these failures is an essential 8 part of the comprehensive reforms now being considered by 9 Congress. These reforms would require the enforcement of 10 tough constraints on leverage and risk taking across the 11 major institutions that played a critical part in causing 12 this crisis. 13 Financial institutions will no longer be able to 14 escape these limits. 15 institutions will be forced to operate with higher capital 16 and more stable funding, reflecting the greater risk they 17 pose to the economy as a whole. 18 Large and complex global financial These reforms will bring derivatives markets out 19 of the dark. 20 and comprehensive oversight over all derivatives markets and 21 all participants in those markets. 22 They will provide transparency and disclosure And we will bring standardized derivatives into 23 central clearinghouses and trading facilities, reducing the 24 risk that the derivatives markets could again threaten the 25 system. 120 1 These reforms will provide more stability in 2 funding markets through reform of money market funds to make 3 them less vulnerable to runs, and to make repo markets more 4 resilient. 5 These reforms will help improve disclosure and 6 accounting requirements, reducing opportunities for evasion 7 and giving investors better tools for assessing risks. 8 9 10 They will address conflicts in rating agencies and reduce the vulnerability of the system to future mistakes in credit ratings. 11 And they will provide a carefully designed type 12 of bankruptcy process for large financial institutions so 13 that we can break them up with no risk of loss to the 14 taxpayer and less risk of damage to the economy as a whole. 15 Now I know when people look back at this crisis, 16 when they look at the excessive risks that were taken by 17 large institutions, there is a natural inclination to want 18 to move those risky activities elsewhere. 19 stability, some argue, we should simply separate banks from 20 risk. 21 To create But, in important ways, driving risk-taking into 22 areas with less regulation—that’s exactly what caused this 23 crisis. 24 25 The fundamental lesson of the parallel financial system is that we cannot make the economy safe by taking 121 1 functions that are central to the business of banking, 2 functions that are necessary to help raise capital for 3 businesses, help businesses hedge risks, and move them 4 outside of the banks, outside the reach of strong 5 regulation. 6 Mr. Chairman, let me just close by thanking the 7 Commission for your important work in drawing public 8 attention to what I think was one of the key factors in this 9 crisis, and one of the most important objectives of 10 financial reform. 11 Thank you, very much. 12 CHAIRMAN ANGELIDES: 13 14 Geithner. Thank you, Secretary We will now begin the questioning. Let me start with just a few questions. And as I 15 said to Former Secretary Paulson today, at least in my 16 instance, while there's been a lot of fascination generally 17 with the bailout and how the financial system was 18 stabilized, I think the questions I want to focus on today 19 is how do we come to the point where it seemed like the only 20 two options were either to allow a collapse of the financial 21 system, or to commit very, very substantial, trillions of 22 dollars of taxpayer money, to save it. 23 And I do want to talk to you in your role as 24 President of the Federal Reserve Board of New York, 25 recognizing that you had direct supervisorial 122 1 responsibilities over bank holding companies, but beyond 2 that in many respects you were the eyes and ears of the 3 Federal Reserve on Wall Street. 4 You were in constant contact with primary 5 dealers. 6 financial community. 7 in monitoring systemic risk, and in fact had undertaken some 8 efforts with respect to cleaning up the backlog in trade 9 confirmations in the OTC derivatives market. 10 You had a board that did have linkages to the And that you had played a special role So one of the things I noted in preparing over 11 the last month for our look at the shadow banking system is 12 that in the period of 2004, 2005, 2006 you actually made a 13 number of speeches about risks that were extant on 14 derivatives, and contagion, shadow banking--I will note you 15 made two different speeches on the same day, May 19th, it 16 must have been a busy day, talking about risk, about 17 concentration of risk posed by CDOs and credit derivatives; 18 and about leverage in the system. 19 And it seems to me you were in a place where you 20 had an extraordinary access to information, not just market 21 data, but what primary dealers were telling you, info on the 22 repo markets. 23 I have, particularly as we look forward trying to assess the 24 impact. 25 So this is a pretty fundamental question that What didn't you know? And this doesn't need to 123 1 be just ad hominem, but what did you and other key policy 2 makers not know and not have before you to understand the 3 magnitude of what might hit us? 4 WITNESS GEITHNER: 5 CHAIRMAN ANGELIDES: 6 WITNESS GEITHNER: Well, Mr. Chairman-Microphone on. Sure. Let me just start by 7 saying I had spent the previous 15 years in public service 8 dealing with a series of incredibly damaging emerging market 9 financial crises, and the financial crisis in Japan. 10 So when I went to the New York Fed, I had been 11 blessed or scarred by the experience of watching countries 12 manage and mismanage the development of risk in systems, and 13 how to clean up and contain the damage in the aftermath. 14 And when I went to the New York Fed, early in that process 15 beginning in 2004 we began a series of very important 16 initiatives to try to contain, dial back, reduce the growing 17 risk we saw in the system and improve the odds that if 18 conditions changed, if we faced a shock, a recession, that 19 the system was going to be stronger, in a stronger position 20 to withstand that shock. 21 22 23 Let me just briefly mention the three most important things we did in that context. The first was to bring a series of experts in 24 markets and risk management, led by Jerry Corrigan, together 25 to do a comprehensive examination of the state of risk 124 1 management practice in managing exactly the kind of things 2 that have been the subject of this crisis: 3 derivatives, exposure to hedge funds, complex financial 4 products, how liquidity is managed, how stress testing is 5 conducted. 6 risk in And using a model of a process very much like 7 what you are doing, which is a sort of a post-mortem process 8 after the failure of long-term capital management, we 9 brought that group together at my initiative and asked them 10 to do a comprehensive evaluation and to provide 11 recommendations. 12 Then we took those recommendations and we asked 13 the major firms in the world to undertake an assessment of 14 how they were doing against those recommendations. 15 Second, a very important thing we did is to bring 16 financial supervisors of all the major global firms--the 17 SEC, the British FSA, their counterparts in France and 18 Germany and Switzerland in particular, together to conduct a 19 series of what we called horizontal reviews to try to assess 20 limitations and risk management and try to encourage people 21 to fix those problems in risk management early. 22 And those were targeted on very much like the 23 thing I began with, risks in derivatives, in lending to 24 hedge funds, in management of liquidity, in conducting 25 stress testing. And those efforts were designed to assess 125 1 what was best practice, where there were gaps, and try to 2 bring all the supervisors together around the world to 3 encourage, beginning at that point in the period of '05-'06- 4 '07, to try to get firms to dial back the risks they were 5 taking. 6 And the, finally, just to mention the one thing 7 you mentioned, we began a similar effort to start to clean 8 up the derivatives markets for more standardization, 9 automation. Those were fundamental changes that have paved 10 the way now to what we hope to achieve in these reforms to 11 bring this stuff out of the dark onto clearing houses so we 12 can manage the risk better. 13 Now as you know, those efforts were, in the end, 14 fundamentally inadequate. 15 enough. 16 There are a lot of complicated reasons for that that I would 17 be happy to discuss, in part because we were operating 18 within a set of existing capital requirements that did not 19 adequately capture the risk that the system had to the 20 possibility of a deep recession. 21 They did not do enough soon They did not come with enough force and traction. So I think the simplest way to answer your 22 question about what did we not know, what we did not know 23 was the degree to which the system was reliant on ratings, 24 ratings that did not capture what falling house prices would 25 do to losses across the system. 126 1 We did not know the extent to which this parallel 2 financial system had built up leverage and exposure to 3 liquidity risk in a level that would, when it came crashing 4 down, would threaten the stability of the rest of the 5 system. 6 We did not know how vulnerable money markets were 7 to runs, how unstable that basic funding structure was. 8 I could go on. 9 CHAIRMAN ANGELIDES: So overrun by events, 10 inadequate political infrastructure to make the changes 11 necessary, under calibrating the size of the wave? 12 WITNESS GEITHNER: And Absolutely. I think that the- 13 -you know, since we were coming out of a period where, as I 14 said in my remarks, we had these two fundamental 15 characteristics of the system. 16 seemed relatively calm. 17 shocks from LTCM since, the system had got through them 18 without catastrophic damage. 19 One is, a long period that So even with all the financial That created a sense, a false sense of 20 complacency about how resilient the system was. And you had 21 this enormous growth in leverage and run risk, liquidity 22 risk, in a large parallel financial system. 23 related. 24 had no experience, with what a shock this large would do, 25 what would happen when you had a run on that system. Those were And it was--people could not assess, because they 127 1 Now, but you're exactly right, so the oversight 2 system, as I said in my remarks, did not give--did not 3 establish a set of classic constraints on leverage that all 4 financial systems require on what came to be a large part of 5 the American financial system. 6 And people tried, with duct tape and string, like 7 the SEC did in their CSE regime, to take the authority they 8 had and make the best of it, and try to get to a point where 9 they were trying to put in place better constraints, but 10 that effort came too late. 11 grounded in law. 12 It was too weak. It was not And it was fundamentally inadequate. CHAIRMAN ANGELIDES: So let me ask this. That 13 is, given you had spoken on this, and you had actually 14 identified what you saw were levels of risk, and some might 15 say levels of irresponsibility, so you saw those two trains 16 of risk and irresponsibility, you know, going towards each 17 other, towards collision. 18 in leadership sounded the alarm early enough and loud 19 enough? 20 Do you believe that you or others WITNESS GEITHNER: Oh, Mr. Chairman, I will say 21 this always, and I would say it again, absolutely we could 22 have done more. 23 CHAIRMAN ANGELIDES: 24 WITNESS GEITHNER: 25 people ask is this inevitable? Okay. Absolutely. And, you know, Were we really fundamentally 128 1 2 powerless as a country to prevent this from building up? And I do not agree with that. I do not believe 3 we were powerless. 4 just from the benefit of hindsight--but I would say that if 5 the Government of the United States had moved more quickly 6 to put in place better design constraints on risk taking 7 that captured where there was risk in the system, then this 8 would have been less severe. 9 I think that--it's unfair to say this And if the Government had moved more quickly to 10 contain the damage, I think the crisis would have been less 11 severe, as well. 12 CHAIRMAN ANGELIDES: So let me talk about that. 13 In the last two days, I've cited a number of market warnings 14 that I won't repeat today from the dramatic expansion of 15 mortgage debt in this country, to the explosion of subprime 16 lending, the efforts of states that were preempted by the 17 OCC to fight unfair and deceptive lending. 18 a person in real estate investment, just on the ground 19 seeing 11, and 12, and 13, and 15 percent annual increases 20 in home prices. 21 And, look, I was So a lot of warning signs out there. So clearly one of the things you've identified is 22 the lack of the structural ability to move on these 23 problems, but do you also think--I want to ask this, and 24 I've really thought about it as we've gone through a set of 25 hearings--do you also think that the system doesn't have 129 1 enough iconoclasts in it? That the decision making process 2 is unduly controlled, essentially, by people who are of the 3 financial system and close to it and unable to step away 4 from it in a way you need for true risk assessment? 5 WITNESS GEITHNER: 6 CHAIRMAN ANGELIDES: I think-And of course I think there 7 are variations of this, all the way from people maybe on 8 Wall Street who can't see what's happening in Bakersfield, 9 and Sacramento, on the ground to families, to people who 10 just don't have enough distance to make a critical analysis 11 that you would want and expect? 12 WITNESS GEITHNER: I think that is a very good 13 question. 14 jobs, and I definitely tried in the New York Fed to make 15 sure that we brought together people in advisory committees 16 we established that represented a great diversity of views 17 in these things, from the academic community, from the 18 broader business community. 19 And I try always--I've always done this in my And we put in place a series of advisory 20 committees that tried to capture that diversity of interests 21 and perspectives. 22 important. 23 makers to make sure that they force themselves to be exposed 24 to a wide diversity of views. 25 Because I think what you said is so And I think that it's very important for policy Fundamentally I don't think that was the problem. 130 1 I think the problem was that you did not have a centralized 2 accountability matched with authority anywhere in the 3 government to look across the system, try to identify where 4 we had a problem, and have the capacity to go in and act 5 preemptively to try to put in place measures that might 6 mitigate those risks. 7 Our system was fundamentally solid and 8 balkanized. You had people trawling over parts of the 9 system, and parts of the system that are very risky with 10 nobody looking at it, and nobody responsible, nobody in 11 charge, and that was a tragic failure for the country as a 12 whole. 13 It was an avoidable failure, I believe. It's 14 easy to say that in hindsight, but it was true, as you said, 15 at the time that anybody who was operating in that world 16 could see that you were seeing classic signs of a asset 17 price credit bubble that could prove very catastrophic. 18 And the way I used to say it, Mr. Chairman, was 19 that we had this huge wave of changes in finance, capacity 20 to hedge, other things that helped disperse risk, that 21 looked like that produced a more stable system. 22 like they would reduce the probability of a major financial 23 crisis. 24 happened--they also meant that if we were to face a major 25 financial crisis, it could be much more damaging and much They looked But they also--and this was essential to what 131 1 harder to manage. 2 start, as it did, in this parallel system where there was 3 much more leverage and liquidity risk. 4 complicated it dramatically. 5 tools there to try to contain the damage earlier. 6 is really the story of the crisis. 7 Because it was likely to take place and CHAIRMAN ANGELIDES: Derivatives markets And you did not have in place And that And many of those, 8 quote/unquote, "signals" I was talking about were not just 9 market data, but looking at leverage ratios, liquidity risk 10 in those firms that were evident. 11 Now two very quick, specific questions, because I 12 want to move on to other Commissioners, about points in 13 time. 14 is also try to measure what people saw at different points. Because one of the things I think we are trying to do 15 So very quickly--and I raised this with Secretary 16 Paulson today--on March 16th there was some engagement, as 17 you know, between the Secretary and Fannie, Freddie, OFAO, I 18 think fairly stated, to life the portfolio caps, keep them 19 in the marketplace as the private market has totally 20 withdrawn. 21 The only reason I mention it is there's a 22 reference--and I don't expect you to know this email, but 23 I'm looking for the bigger picture here--Bob Steele, who's 24 involved in these negotiations essentially to keep Freddie 25 in the game. I think that's how Secretary Paulson would 132 1 phrase it. 2 It says: I was leaned on very hard by Bill 3 Dudley to harden substantially the guarantee. I do not like 4 that. It's not been part of my conversation with anyone 5 else. I view that as a very significant move, way above my 6 pay grade, to double the size of the U.S. debt in one fell 7 swoop. 8 I think what I'm really driving to is, in March, 9 that Bear weekend, were you worried about what something of 10 the magnitude that ultimately happened in September 11 happening in March? 12 WITNESS GEITHNER: Absolutely. 13 were. 14 Bear Stearns fell off the cliff, we were deeply worried 15 about what that would do to the broader stability of the 16 financial system. 17 Freddie, like many other parts of the financial system, 18 faced very substantial losses on their, particularly their 19 retained mortgage portfolio. 20 encourage the relevant authorities to encourage those firms 21 to go out and raise a lot of capital. 22 I'm sure Secretary Paulson was. I think we all At that time, as And we knew at that point that Fannie and And we worked very hard to As we were doing in other parts of the system, it 23 seemed the straightforward, sensible thing. And that was 24 important because, as we saw, fundamentally, short capital 25 going into a storm like this is catastrophic, and they were 133 1 short capital. 2 And the problem with these crises is, people tend 3 to wait. 4 is expensive, they don't want--their shareholders. 5 the basic classic pattern that was magnified dramatically in 6 the untenable corporate structure Fannie and Freddie had, 7 and we worked, as many people did, very hard to try to 8 encourage people, to encourage them to raise capital early 9 for exactly the reasons that the email reported. 10 If they wait too long, it looks weak, the pricing CHAIRMAN ANGELIDES: Just kind of yes or no, were 11 you for hardening the guarantee at that point? 12 share Mr. Dudley's view? 13 WITNESS GEITHNER: So it's Did you I often used the argument that 14 you need to make it more credible to the world. 15 going to have the financial resources to meet their 16 commitments. 17 is by making sure they raise more capital. 18 strengthen what was an implicit commitment at that point for 19 the government to stand behind them. 20 They're You can do that lots of different ways. One The other is to And ultimately of course that was--both were 21 necessary, and I was fully supportive of the judgment, of 22 the need to take that step. 23 CHAIRMAN ANGELIDES: All right. And this again goes to depth. Final question 24 for you. Later today we will 25 have a panel of GE Capital, Pimco, State Street, 134 1 participants in the, quote/unquote "shadow banking system," 2 but also the repo market. 3 Now it appears from documents that we have that 4 GE was able to keep going with its issuance of commercial 5 paper throughout this crisis, even though of course the 6 general spread over LIBOR increased for all participants. 7 But, you know, at some level the disruption of the credit 8 capacity of GE speaks volumes about the depth of what we 9 were seeing. 10 So on September 29th and 30th, you had six 11 telephone conversations with Mr. Immelt. 12 that in context, you probably lived--you know, you probably 13 didn't get any sleep these days, but the 27th and 28th was 14 the day that Goldman and Morgan Stanley became bank holding 15 companies, that weekend. 16 And just to put On Monday, the 29th, that's the day the Dow 17 dropped 777 points after the House voted down the financial 18 bailout bill. 19 Was Mr. Immelt speaking to you about concerns 20 about disruption and their ability to issue commercial 21 paper? 22 WITNESS GEITHNER: What you've seen, you've 23 described exactly well. At that point, after that famous 24 mutual fund, money market fund broke the buck in the wake of 25 Lehman's failure, you had a broad-based run on money market 135 1 funds, or the risk of that. 2 on commercial paper markets. 3 And you had a broad-based run And so you faced the prospect of some of the 4 largest companies in the world and the United States, losing 5 the capacity to fund and access those commercial paper 6 markets. 7 8 9 10 So we were involved at that time in designing what ultimately became the Commercial Paper-CHAIRMAN ANGELIDES: WITNESS GEITHNER: CPF. --Financing Facility, which is 11 a backstop for the commercial paper markets, to complement 12 the temporary guarantee for money market funds. 13 So I was involved in a whole range of efforts to 14 help design that facility. 15 conversations with people across the financial markets who 16 depended on commercial paper markets, who were trying to 17 make sure we were aware of what was happening and how 18 perilous it was. 19 And I was exposed to and had You didn't need a phone call to tell you that. 20 All you needed to do was look at what was happening in the 21 price of that stuff and how hard it was. 22 development that was self-evident and obvious to all of us 23 at the time. 24 25 CHAIRMAN ANGELIDES: And it was a But was Mr. Immelt concerned specifically about that and talk to you about that? 136 1 WITNESS GEITHNER: I could go back and try to 2 refresh my memory on those specific conversations, but what 3 I'm sure they were about is trying to make sure we were 4 aware of how perilous they thought even a company that 5 strong, how perilous those markets were at that time. 6 But as I said, that was self-evident. It was 7 obvious, conspicuous, and you could see it just looking at 8 your screen. 9 CHAIRMAN ANGELIDES: Right. And I don't expect 10 you to carry our daily planner with you, but if you would 11 check on that, because I think we're trying to get a measure 12 of the intensity and direct concerns by different market 13 participants. 14 30th, and there are six conversations. 15 16 If you would check, it's September 29th and Thank you. point. That's all my questions at this Mr. Vice Chairman? 17 VICE CHAIRMAN THOMAS: Thank you, Mr. Chairman. 18 Mr. Secretary, I do really appreciate, one, your 19 willingness to come before us, but, two, the manner in which 20 you have done so. 21 protocol, having been around a long time, but our ability to 22 talk to Secretary Paulson, and the value of his having been 23 on Wall Street in the private sector, and then becoming 24 Secretary of the Treasury, followed by your presence which 25 had you at the Federal Reserve just prior to coming to the I am very sensitive to structure and 137 1 Secretary of the Treasury--I noted both of you also went to 2 Dartmouth; I don't know what that means to all these Harvard 3 guys around, but I appreciate that. 4 (Laughter.) 5 VICE CHAIRMAN THOMAS: It gives us an opportunity 6 to ask questions which bridge that 2002-2003 to 2009 window 7 in a way I don't think we've ever been able to do that. 8 So when I ask you this question, especially based 9 upon your comments about what you did at the New York Fed in 10 bringing together experts for the state of risk management, 11 then running a global confab with those same subject matter, 12 and most people can't see this, and this is the only thing I 13 have available right now, but basically it's the assets of 14 selected financial sectors. 15 And it shows, the blue, obviously are the 16 deposits of the old-fashioned banks, and then this is the 17 shadow banking above it (indicating). 18 Reserve Board of Funds Flow Release. 19 And it is a Federal So it was around, and people were aware of that. 20 And when you run the numbers, and this is all 2008, you have 21 this commercial banks at about $7.3 trillion, the so-called 22 shadow banks somewhere between $7.1, $7.3, so I mean a 50-50 23 split right there. 24 mortgage-backed securities, 2008, about $6.7 trillion. 25 then you've got over-the-counter derivatives, same time When you look at the residential And 138 1 frame, about 2008, gross market value of $20 trillion, 2 nominally $684 trillion. 3 And we all knew about the runs on the bank in the 4 '30s and the liquidity problem. Didn't anybody talk about 5 the top-heavy aspect, that somehow what worked to keep 6 conventional banks--and because of those restraints then 7 they developed other approaches, but clearly it was the same 8 thing almost all over again, except much more difficult to 9 perceive because of the muddiness, the ratings, and the 10 rest. That never came up as a subject matter, either when 11 the experts sat around and talked about we're kind of 12 concerned about the weight shift into an area that could 13 have liquidity problems and could be subjected to a run like 14 we had in the '30s? 15 And the global folk didn't talk about it, either? 16 I just don't get it. And I need to understand. 17 Now what we've heard from a lot of other people, players in 18 the market, was that nobody had a model that in the 19 pejorative sense people have said that never thought housing 20 prices were going go down--I think the corrector answer is, 21 no one thought they were going to go down that far. 22 And even given that, you have areas in the 23 government that talk about disasters that no one likes to 24 think about because somebody's got to think about disasters 25 that no one thinks about. 139 1 I would think that the New York Fed might be 2 involved in that. Looking at those markets, the monitoring 3 job may not have a direct power position, but you're the 4 best person in my opinion to ask in that '03 to '08 period. 5 What happened? 6 WITNESS GEITHNER: Absolutely. Let me just begin 7 by saying financial crises are caused by unwillingness of 8 people to think the unthinkable, and say, well, that seems 9 kind of unlikely so we're not going to worry about that. 10 That is the fundamental mistake that underpins 11 most financial crises. And our system was--that mistake was 12 pervasive across the system. 13 VICE CHAIRMAN THOMAS: 14 WITNESS GEITHNER: 15 16 Basic, or total? Well, complete, whichever phrase you want to use. VICE CHAIRMAN THOMAS: Yeah, because even the 17 people, the watchers watching the action apparently thought 18 the same thing. 19 WITNESS GEITHNER: No, I wouldn't say that. 20 VICE CHAIRMAN THOMAS: 21 WITNESS GEITHNER: Okay. The initiatives that I 22 described that the Chairman began with, that we at the New 23 York Fed were engaged in, we didn't call it, we didn't 24 really talk it back in '04-'05 about the shadow banking 25 system, but we were deeply focused on exactly this risk. 140 1 You know, when I explained to people when I first 2 came into that job, I said, well, let's just look at the 3 system today. 4 about the investment banks? 5 It's true we have these major banks, but what What about AIG? Who is watching them? What about the GSEs? What about 6 the hundreds of finance companies that built up, not as 7 banks but doing basic banking? 8 So that basic concern about the vulnerability of 9 the financial system to systemic risk in those institutions 10 was central to the efforts that I described that we 11 initiated. 12 Now you are right to say that those were outside 13 of our--in many ways outside of our formal legal authority, 14 and outside of our mandate in some sense, but we knew they 15 made the core of the system we were responsible for more 16 risky. 17 effect we were the only fire station in town you could turn 18 to when things fell apart for liquidity. 19 And we knew we were in the classic position where in But we had no capacity to constrain risks outside 20 that regulated core. But what none of us anticipated I 21 think was--and I certainly did not understand fully--was 22 what produced that parallel finance system, how vulnerable it was to 23 runs. 24 were--again, they were operating in public markets, issuing 25 publicly rated debt under the disclosure laws of the United How you could have had a system where these people 141 1 States, funded by institutional investors, that market 2 discipline and all the checks and balances we rely on in 3 that area would have proved so inadequate to contain 4 leverage earlier. 5 Fannie and Freddie you could understand because 6 it was centrally moral hazard, but in the other part it's 7 hard to make that argument in that case. 8 So I guess I would say that set of concerns was 9 central to the efforts we began, but fundamentally what we 10 learned, what we discovered is, and this is an important 11 lesson for us that underpins our reform efforts, is that you 12 can't run a stable system with one part under constraints 13 and leverage and one part without. 14 And these constraints on leverage, capital 15 requirements, were not conservative enough, where they 16 existed, and they were not designed in a way, given the 17 accounting disclosure regime, that allowed us to fully 18 capture the risk in the extreme event. 19 And partly because of the reliance on ratings, 20 partly because we have this long history before relative 21 stability, so it wasn't in the memory, and that left the 22 whole system more vulnerable to the collapse when it came. 23 VICE CHAIRMAN THOMAS: So given those areas that 24 you did have responsibility over, the old-fashioned 25 commercial banks, Bank of America, Morgan Chase, Citibank, 142 1 the one thing that strikes most people when they talk about 2 it, they're really, really upset about what happened in the 3 residential mortgage area because it affects them directly. 4 What scares them more was the fact that there 5 were no firewalls anywhere. And that what started in an 6 area that you could say wasn't regulated, by definition 7 shadow banking and the rest of it, but it also affected the 8 structure that was designed after the initial failure not to 9 fail again. 10 WITNESS GEITHNER: 11 VICE CHAIRMAN THOMAS: 12 13 Exactly. Okay, so I got it right, but how come we didn't get it right? WITNESS GEITHNER: Well, again, we came in-- 14 another tragic failure of the crisis was that we designed a 15 system with deposit insurance around banks, access to a 16 lender of last resort, basic protections designed to prevent 17 a fire caused by the failure of a single bank to infect and 18 jeopardize the stability of banks. 19 That system, long tested over time, comes with 20 moral hazard risk. Not perfect. 21 crisis being a good example. 22 of those protections. Lots of failures, the S&L But this other system had none No fire breaks. No firewalls. 23 And the Executive Branch of the United States, 24 the largest financial system in the planet, came into the 25 crisis with the President having only emergency authority 143 1 limited to the act of closing financial markets, or 2 declaring a bank holiday. 3 largely panic-increasing, not panic-containing. 4 Actions in a crisis which are So you're exactly right. We didn't have the 5 tools to prevent the fire from jumping the firebreak and 6 infecting the system, and these reform proposals Congress is 7 debating--I know that's not the subject of your hearing--are 8 designed to provide exactly those tools, to make sure that 9 large, complex institutions like AIG manages itself to the 10 edge of failure, you can put them out of their misery safely 11 and prevent the fire from breaking--from jumping the fire 12 break. 13 VICE CHAIRMAN THOMAS: One last question, which 14 again amazes me in terms of how many people have used it as 15 an answer, in terms of the assets that they held and the 16 potential liquidity, especially in the shadow banking area, 17 they were AAA rated. 18 I mean, at what point, when you look at the kind 19 of residential mortgage product that was bundled, everybody 20 knew, people that you never thought could get in a house, 21 had gotten in a house. 22 20-percent-down and all the other arguments that gave you 23 some comfort. So something had happened to the old 24 Why would anyone think a package of the '08 stuff 25 would have the same AAA rating as the package of the 2000 or 144 1 1990 rating? 2 3 Was it because they wanted to believe it did? I mean, how could anybody think that? And especially this group of experts and others? 4 WITNESS GEITHNER: Well when things are going 5 well, people are making money and they tend to think they're 6 smart, not lucky, and they think that it just validates 7 wisdom. 8 9 VICE CHAIRMAN THOMAS: Mr. Secretary, I just have to tell you that when things are going well and people are 10 making money, no one thinks about making the amount of money 11 that was being made-- 12 WITNESS GEITHNER: 13 VICE CHAIRMAN THOMAS: 14 I agree. I completely agree. --on Wall Street. That's not money. 15 WITNESS GEITHNER: I completely agree. And it 16 reinforced again this basic collective sentiment that we had 17 somehow produced a perfectly stable system immune to shocks, 18 things couldn't go bad. 19 happened to compensation, a whole range of other incentive 20 structures, fed that illusion. And you're right in many ways, what 21 VICE CHAIRMAN THOMAS: 22 Somewhere I remember reading something about 23 pride going before a fall. 24 Secretary. 25 Thank you. Thank you, very much, Mr. CHAIRMAN ANGELIDES: Ms. Born. 145 1 COMMISSIONER BORN: Thank you very much, and 2 thank you, Mr. Secretary, for being willing to join us and 3 help us in our investigation. 4 Your testimony I think demonstrates how there 5 were regulatory weaknesses, regulatory gaps, that tied the 6 hands of the regulators and financial supervisors during the 7 crisis. 8 9 10 And I take it that you feel that lack of regulatory powers in some areas was an important aspect of the problem. 11 WITNESS GEITHNER: Oh, absolutely. As I said in 12 my written testimony, this crisis is littered with examples 13 of authority that was not used early enough and forcefully 14 enough. 15 But in the subject of your hearing, and this is 16 true for shadow banking, parallel banking, derivatives 17 markets generally, I would say the oversight failure was a 18 gap, a vast gulf in accountability and legal authority that 19 prevented people, even people who had perfect foresight, 20 from acting preemptively to contain those risks. 21 COMMISSIONER BORN: Let me just ask you briefly 22 first about the over-the-counter derivatives market, an 23 enormous and unregulated market, as of the time of the 24 crisis, where there were tens of thousands of contracts out 25 there creating counterparty credit risk, and virtually no 146 1 transparency. 2 You said in your testimony: These markets have 3 proved to be a major force of uncertainty and risk during 4 periods of financial disruption. 5 Do you feel that the lack of regulation, the lack 6 of transparency, the enormous size of the market, played a 7 role in exacerbating the financial crisis? 8 9 WITNESS GEITHNER: I do. I would emphasize two things, though. 10 The first is that--and this is I think 11 fundamental. You had very large institutions writing 12 hundreds and hundreds of billions of dollars of commitments 13 in derivatives without capital to back them up. 14 obviously true for AIG, but it was true for a whole industry 15 of monoline insurance companies, and of course it was true 16 for many other financial institutions. This was 17 So fundamentally what happened is, when they had 18 to meet those commitments they didn't have enough resources 19 to do it. 20 collapse. 21 And of course that brought them to the edge of But I think the other problem was that in this 22 world of millions of bilateral contracts it was like 23 spaghetti, cooked spaghetti together. 24 hit and you had to untangle those and try to figure out what 25 was my exposure to default risk across the system, it was And when the crisis 147 1 very hard for people to know. 2 And, they reacted as people do in facing fear. 3 They decided, I am going to withdraw and pull back from risk 4 wherever I can. 5 like margin spirals do, and that tends to amplify the 6 crisis. And that in a crisis tends to feed a panic 7 So the inability that those tens of thousands or 8 millions of contracts provided for people to assess quickly 9 what my exposure was to a risk of default by a major 10 institution was a substantial factor exacerbating the panic 11 and made the crisis harder to manage. 12 And of course the paradox is that those were 13 markets designed to help people hedge risk. 14 people the capacity to hedge risks, but it also gave them 15 much more risk of exposure to panics when things fell apart. 16 COMMISSIONER BORN: And that gave So not only--I mean, I 17 believe they are very useful instruments and essential to 18 managing risk, but they also magnified risk greatly in this 19 disruption. 20 WITNESS GEITHNER: 21 COMMISSIONER BORN: I agree with that. Is this why the 22 Administration is proposing regulatory oversight over the 23 market? 24 25 WITNESS GEITHNER: Yes, absolutely. Again, these markets grew up--grew dramatically in the decade that 148 1 preceded this crisis. 2 You know this of course very well. The risks were apparent to many earlier, but they 3 grew dramatically over that period of time. 4 fundamentally--I mean, people were doing this thing by 5 spreadsheet and fax. 6 accessible records of what their exposure was. 7 And it was a People did not have electronically There were huge backlogs of transactions not 8 captured by risk management systems. So when we came--when 9 I came to the New York Fed and we started an effort to clean 10 that up and produce it, it put us in the position where we 11 could finally propose reforms that would bring the 12 standardized part of the market onto clearinghouses and make 13 sure that centrally cleared stuff would be traded on 14 exchanges, or on electronic trading platforms, and the reforms 15 also of course as I said give people the authority to make 16 sure that major institutions writing these commitments are 17 forced to hold capital against it; that margins are 18 conservative enough; and that the SEC and the CFTC have the 19 tools they need to better police fraud and manipulation to 20 deter fraud and manipulation earlier. 21 Those are the reforms now working their way 22 through the Congress, and they are a very strong package of 23 reforms. 24 25 COMMISSIONER BORN: You have essentially indicated that the lack of regulation, or the lower level of 149 1 regulation in shadow banking made the shadow banking sector 2 more vulnerable to the financial problems that we 3 experienced in 2007 and 2008. 4 And I wanted to ask about kind of the flip side 5 of the coin, which is: 6 of the shadow banking system impacted subtlety or at all on 7 banking regulation? 8 9 Whether the growth and competition Because this was a less-regulated system. I think the banks did suffer competitively with various 10 aspects of the shadow banking system. 11 deposits to the money market funds. 12 commercial loans to commercial paper, and repo. 13 imagine that commercial banks, having felt this competitive 14 pressure, would have wanted to be able to engage in broader 15 activities and with less constraints from banking 16 regulators. 17 You know, they lost They lost potential And I can We have been told during our investigations that 18 by the time Glass-Steagall was altered by Gramm-Leach- 19 Bliley, there was not a great deal of separation in fact 20 between the activities commercial banks could engage in and 21 investment banks. 22 So I wanted to ask you whether, as a banking 23 regulator, you saw pressures to soften constraints on the 24 commercial banking sector because of the growth of shadow 25 banking? 150 1 WITNESS GEITHNER: 2 constraints. 3 everything that was happening. 4 examples. 5 I did not feel those But what you described was central to And you gave all the right But let me provide a couple, a few more. We created a system that allowed institutions to 6 in effect choose the regulator. 7 were banks that chose to become thrifts, Countrywide being 8 the best example. 9 The best examples of that A lot of people thought regulatory competition 10 was a virtue. 11 you allow people to move risk to where the regulations are 12 weakest and they operate with leverage and risk to the 13 system, that's just a catastrophic choice. 14 It would produce better regulation. But if So you saw it definitely across banking 15 regulators. 16 example where Countrywide was able to evade the tougher 17 restrictions of a Fed regime and choose the softer regime, 18 restrictions of an OTS regime. 19 And in fact, you know, Countrywide is an That's a good example. And overwhelmingly you saw people pressured, 20 banks and--pressure to follow the market down. 21 happened in mortgage underwriting is another great example. 22 What I think it's true in the early part of that 23 decade, really probably up to 2004, most mortgages were 24 still underwritten by banks and by thrifts. 25 But over time of course most of the mortgages 151 1 migrated to other parts of the system outside the banking-- 2 remote to the banking system for the same basic reason. 3 So again, the mistake is to permit that on a 4 scale that can threaten the system. 5 reforms do, which is very important, is recognize the basic 6 principle that if you're doing banking we regulate you as 7 banks so we can better protect the system. 8 9 And again what these It doesn't mean everybody has to be exactly the same in their financial structure, but the leverage 10 requirements they operate with, the requirements on funding, 11 should be economically similar so we produce a level of 12 stability that's more tolerable for the country. 13 COMMISSIONER BORN: When you were at the Federal 14 Reserve Bank of New York, you and your staff had the role of 15 overseeing some of the biggest bank holding companies in the 16 world. 17 adversely during the financial crisis that we've 18 experienced. 19 And those were also institutions that suffered I wonder if you would comment on the ability of 20 supervisors to effectively oversee institutions that are 21 that large and that complex? 22 and your staff really had the capabilities to do the kind of 23 job you would have wanted to do? 24 25 WITNESS GEITHNER: And, whether you felt that you I believe we did. And I think that we have examples where it worked quite well, and 152 1 examples where it was just fundamentally inadequate. 2 It was absolutely made more difficult by the fact 3 that we were operating in a system where the checks and 4 balances that we all rely on, which are internal controls, 5 good audit control regimes in these firms, risk management 6 systems that look across the entire entity and capture those 7 risks and bring them together so you can look at them, those 8 things were fundamentally weak and inadequate, and we were 9 very vulnerable to that. 10 We were somewhat vulnerable to the fact that 11 under Gramm-Leach-Bliley we rely on functional supervisors 12 to supervise for safety and soundness the underlying bank, 13 or in the case of the SEC in this case it was the broker- 14 dealer. 15 able to push risk into other jurisdictions like in many 16 cases in the UK in ways that make it harder to capture it. 17 And we were vulnerable to those limitations of that system 18 as a whole. And these firms operated across the world and were 19 And of course as we've learned, the capital 20 requirements, and the accounting requirements, and the 21 disclosure requirements did not do a good enough job of 22 giving us a good picture of what capital really was relative 23 to risk. 24 25 And that is why the big lesson I take from this, among the many lessons, are to make sure that we force the 153 1 system to run with more conservative requirements on 2 leverage. 3 that depends on a community of regulators always being wise, 4 and tough, and smart, and have foresight, and perfect 5 foresight to come and preemptively and preempt pockets of 6 risk, and bubbles, and leverage. 7 Because I do not believe you can design a system I think it's unlikely. We will do our best. Our successors will do their 8 best. But they will be imperfect. And the best defense 9 against that potential problem is to force the system to run 10 with stronger shock absorbers: 11 available to absorb losses across the system; and again 12 that's the lesson we're trying to bring about with these 13 reforms, so that not just the institutions run with less 14 leverage, but that markets like repo, or secured funding 15 markets, securities lending markets, et cetera, derivatives 16 markets, where firms come together, also run with much more 17 conservative cushions against the unknowable, against the 18 uncertain, against the likelihood, the possibility that the 19 next shock could be beyond our imagination, beyond our 20 experience, and could be very damaging. 21 22 23 reserves, in terms of cash I think that's the central lesson we try to take-I try to take from the crisis. COMMISSIONER BORN: What about the need for a 24 systemic view which is very hard for any of our existing 25 regulators to have because of their siloed jurisdiction? 154 1 2 3 WITNESS GEITHNER: important. I think that is very There are two ways to do it, just conceptually. One is to take all the regulatory 4 responsibilities that are relevant to systemic risk, put 5 them in one place, like maybe the British did in some ways, 6 and have a single point of accountability for measuring and 7 managing all those basic risks. 8 9 I don't think that system works. it's feasible. I don't think We're proposing a different model, which is 10 to create a council, which brings those firms, those 11 entities together with their functional specialization for 12 market integrity, for resolution like the FDIC for safety 13 and soundness, for the payment system, et cetera, and put 14 them in a place where they have to sit around the table with 15 the Secretary of the Treasury, who because we're the 16 custodians of the taxpayers' money, and fundamentally 17 responsible for the financial security of the country, have 18 to be in a position to be accountable to the Congress for 19 making sure that complement of regulators is running the 20 system sufficiently conservatively, that there are not big 21 gaps, the system is not lagging way behind the growth in 22 these markets. 23 Now that is not going to force perfect foresight, 24 but I think it offers a better chance of at least forcing 25 somebody to be accountable for looking across the system to 155 1 make sure that we don't recreate again huge gaps, 2 opportunities for evasion, arbitrage, where the rules lag 3 way behind risk in the way they did in this case. 4 COMMISSIONER BORN: 5 CHAIRMAN ANGELIDES: 6 COMMISSIONER BORN: Could I have two minutes? Two minutes. Let me ask you one last 7 thing. There became prevalent a view among economists, a 8 view among some regulators during the last 10 or 20 years, 9 that financial markets were essentially self-regulatory, and 10 government supervision, government regulation of markets, 11 was either unnecessary or actually counterproductive. 12 Do you think that played a role in the regulatory 13 weaknesses and the regulatory gaps that you have described 14 in your testimony? 15 WITNESS GEITHNER: It's hard to know. I find it 16 hard to imagine that anybody who lives in financial systems 17 believes fundamentally they are self-regulating, just 18 because the history of financial systems is a history of 19 recurrent crises, some devastating like this one, and some 20 more mild, but always consequential. 21 And we learn those lessons painfully, of course, 22 but I think the lesson of behavior and experience in history 23 is that if you allow institutions to take deposits that can 24 be withdrawn on demand and make loans that can't be called 25 on demand, then you create a risk of runs. And if you allow 156 1 them to run with big leverage, that's consequential to the 2 economy as a whole. 3 And so we built up a set of protections, not just 4 to counteract the moral hazard caused by the perception that 5 these firms are important--failure would be consequential-- 6 but to make sure that you protect the economy from things 7 getting out of whack. 8 Now our system, like any country, has among its 9 strength, it has a lot of people with diverse perspectives 10 making these decisions in the Congress and in the regulatory 11 community. 12 I think the real problem was that that long 13 period of stability allowed all views to prevail. 14 people could say that proves that all these innovations 15 reduce risk; that they prove that the market is working 16 well; that capital requirements are strong. 17 period where risks seemed permanently reduced allowed people 18 to not confront I think what were fundamental 19 vulnerabilities. 20 21 And that long So that is the way I would try to answer that question. 22 COMMISSIONER BORN: 23 CHAIRMAN ANGELIDES: 24 COMMISSIONER HOLTZ-EAKIN: 25 Some Mr. Chairman. Thank you. Mr. Holtz-Eakin. Thank you, Thank you, Mr. Secretary, for coming today. 157 1 One of the things that is delightful about your 2 testimony is you actually are clear about what you think and 3 don't think of what went on, and that is not in the typical 4 performance by someone at the table. 5 So thank you. Let me ask you a few questions about that. One 6 thing you said is that a root cause of the crisis is uneven 7 regulation, or absence of regulation. 8 9 Yesterday we learned that under the CSE Program the SEC felt that all of the five major investment banks had 10 adequate capital. 11 had the 10 percent capital that the Fed would have required. 12 They had more than adequate liquidity because they had gone 13 above the Standards the Fed imposed on bank holding 14 companies. 15 They met the Basel II Standards. They What difference would having it be a legal 16 requirement make, given that they were in compliance with 17 the standards? 18 WITNESS GEITHNER: I want to answer that question 19 carefully because I was not--as you know, I was not their 20 supervisor-- 21 COMMISSIONER HOLTZ-EAKIN: 22 WITNESS GEITHNER: I know. -- and I have no underlying 23 knowledge of their financial condition, but I think it is 24 very-- 25 COMMISSIONER HOLTZ-EAKIN: But you're saying that 158 1 it's necessary to have legal regulatory authority, and since 2 they were in compliance with the regulations, what does 3 making it legal do? 4 WITNESS GEITHNER: I think it would be actually 5 very hard to justify a judgment that those firms were 6 operating with a level of leverage and a sufficiently 7 conservative funding structure that made them equivalent, 8 certainly three of them, equivalent in terms of stability to 9 those firms that were operating under the constraints of the 10 leverage ratio and the broader bank supervisory regime. 11 I don't think--I would not agree with that 12 judgment. 13 don't even know what happened after, after the storm 14 enveloped many of them and had no direct knowledge before 15 that. 16 appropriate way, which is economically, they were allowed to 17 run with more leverage, much more exposure to run risk than 18 was true for a classic bank subject to a leverage ratio and 19 the other requirements that came. 20 And of course I'm limited by the fact that I But I think it is fair to say, looked at in the COMMISSIONER HOLTZ-EAKIN: Well I guess that 21 leads to my second question, which is the assertion that 22 this was a fundamentally more fragile structure. 23 aftermath it appears that regulated banks, commercial banks, 24 and the shadow, whatever you want to call them, failed at 25 comparable rates. In the 159 1 WITNESS GEITHNER: 2 COMMISSIONER HOLTZ-EAKIN: 3 4 I think-So where's the fragility-WITNESS GEITHNER: --I think you're right to 5 point out, we know the banking systems are fundamentally 6 fragile, and most financial crises are classic failures of 7 traditional banking. 8 without--too cheaply, without being compensated for risks, 9 et cetera--so you're exactly right, and this crisis shows 10 11 Banks lending too much for too long you both examples. But it began and was much more severe, in my 12 view, in this parallel banking system. 13 crisis would have been much easier to manage if it was 14 simply a classic banking crisis, which are slower moving by 15 design because liquidity risk is more contained. 16 think you're right to say on both divides, traditional 17 banking and in parts of the shadow system, you saw people 18 taking too much risk against the possibility, the remote 19 possibility, they thought, of a deep recession, a deep fall 20 in real estate values. 21 I think you're right. And I think the But I And as I said in my 22 remarks, I absolutely believe that the leverage constraints, 23 the capital requirements that were put in place in the 24 traditional banking system were not conservative enough. 25 And I think they were not conservative enough in two 160 1 respects. 2 One is they didn't give enough weight to the 3 possibility you'd have a huge shock like this. 4 also didn't capture the exposures banks had to the pressures 5 that would come when that parallel banking system--didn't 6 collapse, but parts of it collapsed with enormous stress. 7 8 And they So I think those were a failure in design of capital requirements around traditional banks as well. 9 COMMISSIONER HOLTZ-EAKIN: Just as a point of 10 clarification, would you agree that you don't really want to 11 call it "shadow" versus "traditional banking" in terms of 12 institutions? 13 in traditional banking and seen by the regulators that were 14 simply the activities that were the same as in the shadow 15 banking system, right? There's a set of activities that were located 16 WITNESS GEITHNER: 17 COMMISSIONER HOLTZ-EAKIN: 18 19 There were, yes. The banks owned hedge funds. WITNESS GEITHNER: I think that's fair to say. 20 And if you want to try to say what's the one cause that was 21 common to everything-- 22 COMMISSIONER HOLTZ-EAKIN: Well I would love to 23 hear that, because you haven't disagreed with any of the 24 causes that have been put up so far. 25 believe started the crisis? And which So what don't you causes are the most 161 1 important? 2 WITNESS GEITHNER: Well I was going to say I 3 think if you look at a single factor that underpinned the 4 risk management failures, the failures of the capital 5 regime, the ratings failures, et cetera, was the failure to 6 anticipate the possibility that houses prices would fall as 7 much as they did and what effects that would have on 8 stability as a whole. 9 And, you know, that failure is the same failure 10 that caused millions of families to borrow more than the 11 value of their home was likely to be worth, as well as 12 people lending more against the value of their home than was 13 probably prudent in general. I think that would be one. 14 What was not a cause of the crisis? 15 COMMISSIONER HOLTZ-EAKIN: Yes. 16 that people have put forward do you think 17 crossed off our list? 18 report, so-- 19 20 ought to be We don't have forever to write this WITNESS GEITHNER: Well why don't you give me your candidates, and I'll respond. 21 (Laughter.) 22 WITNESS GEITHNER: 23 COMMISSIONER HOLTZ-EAKIN: 24 WITNESS GEITHNER: 25 Which things flows? I mean, I do think-Global capital flows. I'll give--global capital I believe that a long period of very low real 162 1 interest rates around the world absolutely contributed to 2 the crisis. 3 money looking for a return. 4 I think that created this enormous force of I would say it was a factor. I mean, this is a deeper conversation of course 5 but there are people who believe that at the root of 6 everything was a unifying moral hazard risk, which as I said 7 I think is more complicated than that. 8 9 10 I don't believe that the existence of the fire station causes financial crises. So I wouldn't put that high on the list. 11 COMMISSIONER HOLTZ-EAKIN: 12 WITNESS GEITHNER: 13 14 Okay. But you probably should test me on the others. COMMISSIONER HOLTZ-EAKIN: 15 come back to this. 16 but I don't want to lose all my time. Let me go to--I'll I don't know what order to do this in, 17 Another thing you said in your sort of diagnosis 18 of the problem was the absence of a systemic regulator, and 19 I was instantly going to point out the FSA and the fact that 20 England had a financial crisis, and you've already dismissed 21 them as not your preferred model. 22 But to what extent did we not already have a 23 President's Working Group on Financial Markets that had the 24 capacity to do exactly what you're suggesting: 25 look at risks, and we got a financial crisis anyway? sit down, 163 1 WITNESS GEITHNER: An excellent question, I 2 agree, and I think that that body did not provide this 3 important function. 4 just establishing in statute that it's now a Council with a 5 more formal mandate won't necessarily make sure that people 6 use that with that effect. 7 And you're also right to say that it's But I think it is an important difference in the 8 sense that the way the reforms are designed now, there 9 really is an explicit mandate with the ability to in effect 10 deter weakening of, let's say, prudential safety and 11 soundness requirements, and to recommend they be higher. 12 And the existing, much more informal structure 13 that is the President's Working Group doesn't come with that 14 mandate or that responsibility. 15 So I think this would help. But again, as you know, I think from what I said, 16 I don't think committees prevent financial crisis. 17 committees solve financial crises. 18 you do need to invest people with the direct responsibility. 19 You want people to wake up every day with a sense of 20 obligation, not just to look across the system where risks 21 are, but to give them some authority to act in that case. 22 I don't But on the other hand, And we did not establish in the Executive Branch 23 of the United States that set of, that obligation or quite 24 that capacity for leverage. 25 COMMISSIONER HOLTZ-EAKIN: I want to go back now 164 1 to your time as president of the New York Fed. 2 period, the Board of Governors came to the conclusion that 3 the risks in subprime housing could be contained, and indeed 4 made a statement to that effect. 5 Did you agree with that? 6 WITNESS GEITHNER: 7 During that I never made that statement, was not part of making it-- 8 COMMISSIONER HOLTZ-EAKIN: 9 WITNESS GEITHNER: Did you agree with it? --and I would not have said it 10 that way. 11 was that I think we faced growing risks across this 12 financial system of exposure to a very dramatic crisis. 13 What I said, and I believe I tried to say this, And part of it of course was what was happening 14 in real estate markets. 15 what was happening in subprime. 16 phenomenon that produced this mix of leverage across the 17 system. 18 facing significant risk but risk from a much broader and I 19 think more dangerous constellation of forces than simply 20 what was happening in subprime. 21 22 23 It was not principally because of It was a much broader So I tried to cast it, when I talked about it, as COMMISSIONER HOLTZ-EAKIN: And what would be on that list in that constellation? WITNESS GEITHNER: Well again, to oversimplify, 24 you had people taking huge leverage bets on the possibility 25 on a world which did not envision house prices falling 165 1 sharply, or growth falling off the cliff. 2 That was the unifying mistake that so many people 3 in risk management, investors, borrowers, made. 4 COMMISSIONER HOLTZ-EAKIN: Were you surprised by 5 the concentration of mortgage exposures on the balance 6 sheets of, for example, the regulated banks? 7 WITNESS GEITHNER: No. Citi-- I think that, you know, 8 banks lend money. Banks always hold exposure to real estate 9 risk, as you've seen across the country. You know, the 10 story of community bank failures across the country is deep, 11 concentrated exposure to commercial real estate relative to 12 capital. 13 So no surprise in that. What was surprising was that a huge part of that 14 risk was held in these financing vehicles that came with 15 very high ratings, in these structures that came with very 16 high ratings. 17 capital requirements, that they were not designed--they were 18 designed in a way that made the system much more vulnerable 19 to those failures and did not protect against those 20 failures. 21 And as I said, this is a fatal flaw in the So people everywhere took false comfort from the 22 fact that a huge amount of these exposures to real estate 23 risk were in securities that were rated AAA. 24 25 COMMISSIONER HOLTZ-EAKIN: Were you surprised by the large amount of hedging that was done through AIG and 166 1 other monoline insurers through the CDs? 2 WITNESS GEITHNER: Of course I was like up to my 3 eyeballs in the growth in the CDS market and what that meant 4 for the system, but we had no window in, no capacity to 5 assess who had actually written huge commitments relative to 6 their capital. 7 Because, as you know, the things we could see 8 were only in those institutions we could regulate, and as I 9 said even those metrics we used were flawed. But we were 10 not able to see where you had those huge pockets of risk in 11 institutions outside the banking system that wrote those 12 huge commitments in derivatives. 13 COMMISSIONER HOLTZ-EAKIN: When you tasked Mr. 14 Corrigan to assess risk management practices and develop 15 best practice and sent them off to the financial community, 16 how did they do? 17 You never said. WITNESS GEITHNER: They did--well, the 18 institutions did not do well, but the recommendations I 19 think, even if you look back in retrospect at them, were 20 quite good. 21 lesson I take from this is that we did not have sufficient 22 traction to use those recommendations to induce enough 23 changes in behaviors earlier largely because we were still 24 operating within the existing capital requirements. 25 And what we did not--and as I said, I think the And I don't think--I think the only way I can 167 1 think of preventing that from happening in the future again 2 is to make the simple capital requirements and the leverage 3 ratio and the other ones conservative enough so you can rely 4 on them, not rely on all these other things we tried to do. 5 Remember, all these firms, when you looked at 6 their stated ratios. they gave you some comfort that they 7 held a fair amount of capital against their risks. 8 false comfort. 9 you've got to run the system with more conservative shock 10 11 That was The simple lesson I think is just to say absorbers. COMMISSIONER HOLTZ-EAKIN: I am in complete 12 concurrence that in the end you need more capital. 13 want it to look like I'm contesting that. 14 to get a sense for, given what the perceived best practice 15 might be, what your assessment of their actual practice was, 16 and whether they improved it in response to this. 17 WITNESS GEITHNER: I don't I was just trying I think some did improve. 18 There's a nice way to do this comparison exactly the way 19 you're doing it. 20 Counterparty Risk Management Policy Group II Report, 21 excellent title, and you compare it against this thing we 22 organized called the Senior Supervisors Group Report, which 23 is a report on actual practice across those firms that I 24 think was published in the Fall of '08? 25 And you can see in there a pretty stark comparison and If you look at the Corrigan Report, '07? I'm not sure. 168 1 criticism of what was the state of actual practice. 2 And I think we had significant effect in changing 3 practice, but obviously not enough. 4 inadequate. 5 6 COMMISSIONER HOLTZ-EAKIN: Those efforts were So, before I run out of time, two more questions. 7 Number one, you said in your opening statement 8 that among the things that caused the crisis was the 9 government not moving quickly enough to do things. 10 11 When should it have moved? have done? 12 And what should it And what did you mean by that? WITNESS GEITHNER: Well again, I'm making things 13 more simple than they obviously could be. 14 historically, I would say that it did move early enough, 15 effectively enough, to contain the emerging risks across the 16 system. 17 COMMISSIONER HOLTZ-EAKIN: 18 WITNESS GEITHNER: But to say that Preemptively. Preemptively, and when things 19 started to fall apart--and I think this is true for 20 governments around the world--did not move quickly enough 21 and forcefully enough to try to contain the damage. 22 I think that the Federal Reserve was 23 exceptionally aggressive, took a huge amount of criticism, 24 did things we hadn't contemplated ever before with the 25 authority Congress gave us, but in the end you can't solve 169 1 2 these financial crises with tools that are about liquidity. They require ultimately, as we saw, the full 3 financial force of the government in terms of fiscal policy 4 to support demand, and ultimately capital in the system and 5 broad-based guarantees to contain panics. 6 that if that had been deployed more quickly--and many of us 7 of course were strong advocates of early action--I think 8 this would have been a less damaging crisis. 9 10 11 VICE CHAIRMAN THOMAS: And I believe I yield the gentleman two additional minutes. COMMISSIONER HOLTZ-EAKIN: In particular, one of 12 the things that you pointed out is that investment banks 13 don't have access to a lender of last resort--indeed, many 14 of these nonbank. 15 A question that immediately comes up then is: 16 Should the Fed have moved more quickly to provide Discount 17 Window access to people outside bank holding companies? 18 as you know, there's lots of interest in the decision making 19 that went into that, and I'd love to hear your views. 20 WITNESS GEITHNER: And We were extraordinarily 21 reluctant, I think appropriately reluctant to take that 22 exceptional step. 23 Depression, again, to provide our traditional lending 24 facilities, against collateral, to institutions we were not 25 supervising and regulating--because we knew in doing that It had not been taken since the Great 170 1 you would be creating enormous moral hazard risk for the 2 future. 3 And I think we were appropriately reluctant to 4 take that step until we believed, and we came to believe of 5 course that fateful week in March, that the system was at 6 the edge of collapse. 7 Now those facilities of course are not designed 8 to protect individual firms from their failures. They are 9 designed to protect the system from broad-based runs to 10 prevent solvent institutions from becoming illiquid. 11 they can only achieve so much, as you've seen. And 12 But we were very reluctant until we were at the 13 point where we thought there was a substantial possibility 14 of systemic collapse. 15 necessary, and in my judgment essential, that we do it. 16 I fundamentally believe we did it at the right time. And at that point, it was absolutely 17 COMMISSIONER HOLTZ-EAKIN: 18 Thank you, Mr. Chairman. 19 VICE CHAIRMAN THOMAS: And Thank you. The former Chairman of 20 Bear Stearns yesterday said that you did it 45 minutes too 21 late. 22 end result would have been significantly different? 23 Different? 24 25 If you could do it an hour earlier, do you think the Or ultimately no difference? WITNESS GEITHNER: I don't. chance to testify on this before. And I've had the Again, these--and I think 171 1 the history of what happened after this proves this basic 2 point. 3 Again, these facilities allow us to lend against 4 collateral to mitigate--not completely prevent--but to limit 5 the severity of the liquidity run crisis. 6 prevent--they can't protect a firm that can't convince its 7 investors it has a franchise that can earn enough money to 8 cover their risk, has enough capital to cover their risks. 9 10 11 VICE CHAIRMAN THOMAS: But they cannot Unless your pockets are deep enough. WITNESS GEITHNER: And we were not prepared--we 12 were not prepared to lend into a run on an institution that 13 had lost the capacity to convince people it was viable. 14 That would have been irresponsible as an act. 15 VICE CHAIRMAN THOMAS: 16 CHAIRMAN ANGELIDES: 17 COMMISSIONER GRAHAM: 18 19 Thank you. Senator Graham. Thank you, Mr. Chairman. Thank you, Mr. Secretary, for excellent testimony. I would like to put our crisis into a broader 20 perspective. 21 and others who have been at least subtlety critical that we 22 may be moving too rapidly and therefore not properly 23 integrating our reforms with what will happen on a broader 24 multinational basis. 25 I have seen some foreign ministers of finance Could you comment as to where do we--is this 172 1 crisis--if you do a diagnosis, would that result in a 2 sufficiently similar determination of causation to then lead 3 to essentially similar prescriptions being written for a 4 variety of countries? 5 6 WITNESS GEITHNER: Senator, let me just say two things in response. 7 There are a lot of people--and we debated this-- 8 who made the argument a year ago that we should wait until 9 this crisis was definitively passed. We should undertake a 10 much longer reflection of how best to fix it before we began 11 the process of broader reform. 12 And we made the different choice. We decided-- 13 and we did this with countries around the world--that we 14 were better able to get consensus quickly on a stronger set 15 of reforms if we were acting when people were deeply aware 16 of the scars of the crisis and the damage; the memory hadn't 17 faded. 18 And, you know, I think we know what we need to 19 know about the core choices involved in reforming the 20 system. 21 parallel with other major economies. 22 of last year when we were laying out our initial set of 23 proposals, we also negotiated with G-20 and with the new 24 Financial Stability Board, a complementary set of proposals 25 that we hoped would be enacted globally. And we've done this in close cooperation and in So as early as April 173 1 And there are core elements of our reforms that, 2 to be effective have to be done multilaterally. 3 example of that is capital requirements globally. 4 are in the process of negotiating a new international 5 capital accord to limit leverage and risk taking. 6 The best And we But there are some things that are problems that 7 are unique to our market that are going to have to be done a 8 little differently. 9 make sure we are fixing those things, too. 10 And our responsibility of course is to The world I believe generally would very much 11 like to see the United States act to fix the things we got 12 wrong in our country, and are depending on us to do it. 13 I've never heard any of them suggest to us that we should 14 slow the pace of reform down. 15 And They want to make sure that we are doing this in 16 ways that globally would be not too punitive on them. 17 there's a lot of concern outside of the United States that 18 some of the proposals we've been promoting on capital, for 19 example, are going to be a big burden for other countries. 20 And that is the source of some tension, as it is inevitable 21 it should be, but it's a sign of, I think you should view it 22 as a sign of health that we're trying to--we're being 23 ambitious in what we're trying to achieve. 24 COMMISSIONER GRAHAM: 25 And If I could pick up on that issue of capital, I was surprised to learn that under the 174 1 Basel, I believe it's Basel II, that the value of 2 securitized mortgages is higher for purposes of capital 3 purposes than the underlying mortgages themselves? 4 a correct statement? 5 WITNESS GEITHNER: Is that I do not know whether that 6 exact point is correct. 7 the things that's important to note. 8 effect for U.S. banks--it's still not in effect for U.S. 9 banks--and it was essentially irrelevant to the cause of the 10 11 But I would say it this way--one of Basel II was not in crisis. All U.S. firms were operating under Basel I 12 design back in 1990 with a set of leverage requirements. 13 And those set of risk weights did not do a good job of 14 capturing a broad set of risks firms were running, and we're 15 involved in a very important process in the United States to 16 try to change those to make them better reflect risk. 17 COMMISSIONER GRAHAM: Well you've sort of 18 anticipated my question. If that statement that I made--and 19 maybe I had the wrong Basel--is correct, and my colleague 20 thinks it is correct, did this indicate that the 21 international financial community was falling victim to the 22 same mistake that we made, which was to put unwarranted 23 value behind a certain set of instruments largely because 24 they had a high credit rating without any requirement that 25 there be some greater due diligence as to just what was the 175 1 composition of those structured instruments? 2 WITNESS GEITHNER: Absolutely. Absolutely. And 3 the system was riddled with that basic vulnerability. 4 is, it was too dependent on ratings that were too vulnerable 5 to mistakes. 6 they should have. 7 Which And firms, as a result, held less capital than COMMISSIONER GRAHAM: And do you believe that the 8 international financial community is moving to correct those 9 errors? 10 WITNESS GEITHNER: Absolutely. You know, the way 11 our system works is, we don't turn this over to the 12 international community to solve for us. 13 figure out what makes sense to the United States, and then 14 we try to build consensus internationally to pull other 15 firms to that level. 16 be more conservative to differ if we think we need to do it 17 differently. What we do is we But we preserve the authority here to 18 You pointed out one example of a set of basic 19 vulnerabilities in that system, but we were fortunate in 20 many ways because we did have a crude leverage ratio in 21 place for banks and bank holding companies. 22 did not. 23 forced to run with more capital--they had less leverage, 24 less vulnerable to crisis than was true for many other 25 countries. Many countries And as a result, our firms had--and they were 176 1 And as many people have pointed out, our banks, 2 although they look large because we're a large country, 3 we're much smaller as a share of our economy than was true 4 for all the other major countries. 5 the peak, even with investment banks now called banks, are 6 about 1 times GDP. 7 the peak were almost 8 times GDP. 8 GDP. So our banks were, at The comparable numbers in Switzerland at In the UK, almost 5 times In Continental Europe, 2 to 3 times GDP. 9 So our banks were less leveraged and the whole 10 system as a whole was much smaller as a share of our 11 economy. 12 very severe, but we were in a much better position to 13 withstand the shock than was true for many other countries. 14 It's hard to imagine it because our crisis was COMMISSIONER GRAHAM: Those leverage ratios that 15 you just cited, they're so extreme. 16 a higher proportion of the financial business in a place 17 like Switzerland is run through traditional banks, as 18 opposed to what we're studying these two days, the shadow 19 system? 20 WITNESS GEITHNER: Does that indicate that You're exactly right. Those 21 systems are what we called "universal banking models." And 22 they combine in one entity, legal entity, the whole span of 23 financial activities. 24 securities markets, are a less important source of credit 25 than it is in our country. And their capital markets, their 177 1 In our country, still roughly half of credit 2 comes through institutions we call banks, and roughly half 3 of credit comes through the securities markets, both simple 4 bond markets as well as the asset-backed securities markets. 5 COMMISSIONER GRAHAM: 6 CHAIRMAN ANGELIDES: 7 Would you like a couple of minutes? 8 9 I am almost out of time. COMMISSIONER GRAHAM: If I could get a couple of additional minutes to ask a different question. And that 10 is, you've talked a lot about your efforts in New York, and 11 now here, to look over the horizon and try to have a better 12 idea of what's coming at us. 13 To what degree will the reforms that you are 14 advocating increase our capability to be more anticipatory 15 and therefore proactive rather than just reactive? 16 WITNESS GEITHNER: I think they will help. They 17 will help a lot. And of course ideally what you want is a 18 system that is able to move more preemptively, that is more 19 agile, that can stay closer to the frontier of innovation, 20 and we hope to produce that. 21 can. 22 saying that you need to do your best to design a system that 23 creates that possibility, but you need to prepare for the 24 possibility it won't be perfect and so therefore you want 25 the system to have better cushions against the inevitable But there's no guarantee we And that's why fundamentally I keep coming back and 178 1 uncertainty we all live with. 2 Because we won't know with confidence where the 3 next shock is going to come from. 4 it's going to be less damaging when it happens. 5 COMMISSIONER GRAHAM: 6 CHAIRMAN ANGELIDES: 7 COMMISSIONER WALLISON: We just need to make sure Thank you. Thank you. Mr. Wallison. Thank you, Mr. Chairman. 8 And thank you, Mr. Secretary, for coming to spend some time 9 with us today. 10 This has been very informative. I would like to follow up on what my colleague, 11 Douglas Holtz-Eakin was talking about before because I think 12 these are very important questions. 13 question of whether you in what you are proposing for a 14 reform is really attempting to solve the right problem. 15 Because I think you would agree that you don't want to solve 16 the wrong problem. 17 trying to figure out what the problem really was. 18 And particularly the And one of the things we are in is Okay? Now in the hearings that we have held so far, it 19 seems fairly clear that it did not really matter whether you 20 were a regulated bank, or you were a less regulated 21 investment bank, in terms of what happened to that 22 institution in the financial crisis. 23 that? 24 25 WITNESS GEITHNER: that. Would you agree with No, I wouldn't agree with I would say that in a--let's think of it this way. 179 1 Say you had a world where you only had two institutions. 2 You had classic banks that take deposits and make loans, and 3 you had banks that, let's call them "banks" for the minute, 4 for the moment, but they're funded very short, no deposit 5 insurance, money can leave in an instant, and they're able 6 to take on more leverage than banks. 7 8 COMMISSIONER WALLISON: But their assets are different than banks? 9 WITNESS GEITHNER: 10 Well, in many-- COMMISSIONER WALLISON: Banks assets tend to be 11 long term, right? 12 short-term assets, easily sold, in theory? 13 And investment banks tend to have very WITNESS GEITHNER: A little less short than many 14 people thought. A very substantial portion of their assets 15 were quite illiquid in the crisis and they could not sell 16 them, actually, that quickly. 17 COMMISSIONER WALLISON: 18 WITNESS GEITHNER: Right. Which is a fundamental 19 difference. 20 the level of maturity transformation, that risk to run, in 21 many of those other institutions was very, very large, I 22 think in many ways as large as banks. 23 And so the level of--I'm not an economist--but But the difference is that when liquidity dries 24 up in that parallel system, the assets were not liquid 25 enough in a panic to be able to sell them and meet your 180 1 demand for margin, et cetera, meet your demand for 2 withdrawals. 3 And that put enormous pressure on the rest. 4 And so that stuff came really crashing down. It was only--if we were dealing only with 5 mistakes banks have always made over centuries, it would 6 have been a much more slow moving crisis, because liquidity 7 would have been more stable, because most of it was deposit- 8 funded, and it would have been a much easier crisis to 9 manage. 10 It would have been a serious recession still, 11 because of everything else, but it would have been an easier 12 crisis to manage. 13 So I think it was different consequences. COMMISSIONER WALLISON: Okay. Now I think you 14 raised exactly the point that I was trying to get to, and 15 thank you very much. 16 And the point is: In 2007, as you recall--you were at the Fed at 17 the time--the mortgage-backed securities market simply came 18 to a halt. 19 meant that these investment banks that you're talking about 20 here turned out to have in effect long-term assets when they 21 were intended to be short-term assets. 22 A completely unprecedented event. So the question really is: And that Is the right question 23 the investment banks? Or is it what caused the short-term 24 assets they thought they had to become the long-term assets 25 that made them look a little bit like regulated commercial 181 1 banks? 2 And so I am going to posit to you the possibility 3 that because of this crash in the mortgage-backed securities 4 market that turned short-term assets into long-term assets, 5 no regulatory system could have survived this. 6 Because we took about $2 trillion in assets that 7 were on the banks of financial institutions--on the balance 8 sheets of financial institutions all over the world--also 9 particularly in the United States, but all over the world-- 10 and we made them illiquid. 11 They couldn't be sold. Isn't that a major effect that no regulatory 12 system could have anticipated? 13 about what caused that to happen? 14 imposing more regulation? 15 WITNESS GEITHNER: And shouldn't we be thinking Rather than simply Well I'm not quite sure where 16 you're going with that, but I think that's an interesting 17 question. 18 I guess, I guess I would try still to look at it 19 this way. If you're going to take on a lot of risk, whether 20 it looks short-term or long-term, whatever it is, whatever 21 you think about your assets, but you know there's risk in 22 those assets, and you're going to fund them with money that 23 can leave in a heartbeat, and you don't hold much capital 24 against the risk of losses in that case, then you're going 25 to have a problem. 182 1 And that I believe is a problem that is mitigated 2 if you get capital regulation right over institutions that 3 are in the business of making our markets work and helping 4 companies borrow. 5 But I completely agree that there are a whole 6 other set of things that happened in our financial markets 7 that made us more vulnerable to the abrupt loss of 8 confidence in anybody holding a security backed by real 9 estate in the United States. Lots of things contributed to 10 that, too, and that made it worse, but--anyway, I'm not sure 11 where you were going. 12 COMMISSIONER WALLISON: Well all I'm saying is 13 simply this: that is, that we had an abrupt, common shock 14 to the entire system coming from the fact that a very large 15 number, size of assets simply disappeared as saleable assets 16 on the balance sheets of banks, and on the balance sheets of 17 investment banks-- 18 WITNESS GEITHNER: Then maybe-- 19 COMMISSIONER WALLISON: --and that changed the 20 condition of those institutions very materially from a 21 capital and from a liquidity standpoint, and I'd like your 22 reaction to that. 23 WITNESS GEITHNER: I guess I think that's right, 24 but again that's sort of what happens in any crisis. 25 happens in any crisis is two propositions are tested. What 183 1 One is the proposition that your funding is 2 stable. And, you know, a lot of people made a lot of 3 judgments on the expectation that liquidity would be 4 seamless, permanent, uninterrupted, never disappear, it 5 would all be there, and cheap, and available. 6 assumption is tested in a crisis. 7 That The other assumption tested is you hold a bunch 8 of assets. And you think you know what you might lose in 9 those assets if you have to sell them, or hold them over 10 time and you lost losses. And it usually takes both those 11 mistakes to cause a crisis. 12 at the same time, and they were somewhat related, as you 13 said-- And I think we had both of them 14 COMMISSIONER WALLISON: 15 WITNESS GEITHNER: Yes. --because people ran because 16 they saw the--or at least they couldn't assess what the risk 17 was in the assets. 18 COMMISSIONER WALLISON: But what I'm saying is, 19 this wasn't "any crisis." This was a much larger crisis than 20 anything we've experienced before. 21 is that we're talking about an asset size larger than 22 anything we've ever experienced before--about $2 trillion in 23 mortgage-backed securities, and related securities scattered 24 throughout the financial world, and suddenly becoming 25 almost, not worthless, but very difficult to sell except And I think the reason 184 1 into the most distressful circumstances. 2 3 So isn't that a problem? Rather than whether we had sufficient regulation? 4 WITNESS GEITHNER: No, I don't think so, because 5 again in any--like almost every financial crisis sort of has 6 real estate at the scene of the crime. 7 matter how fancy the products are, what you've called them, 8 CDOs, or asset-backed securities, whatever, the usually have 9 real estate central to the crime. 10 It doesn't really So nothing unique in that. 11 And again, what we do is we protect ourselves 12 from that risk by making sure that the institutions that are 13 necessary to make markets function, to make economies work, 14 hold enough capital to cover their losses and aren't 15 vulnerable to runs. 16 And again, I don't think regulation can solve all 17 problems. Regulation can cause lots of damage. 18 poorly, it's damaging. 19 evasion. 20 center of any diagnosis of the problem in the reforms. Regulation creates incentives for But capital limit leverage I think has to be the 21 COMMISSIONER WALLISON: 22 additional time, so I will go on. 23 24 25 Done CHAIRMAN ANGELIDES: I have a little bit of That is-- Three minutes from the Vice Chairman. COMMISSIONER WALLISON: Three minutes. Here's 185 1 the issue. 2 solution to this problem. 3 year flood--that is, we haven't had anything like this since 4 the Depression--are you talking about imposing so much in 5 the way of capital requirements on our banking system, on 6 our investment banking system that they will no longer be 7 able to offer reasonably priced credit to those who need it? 8 9 You suggest that capital regulation would be a But if we are talking about a 70- WITNESS GEITHNER: No. But you're asking exactly the right question I believe. 10 Just a short story. When I first came to the New 11 York Fed and I was understanding the system in which banks 12 were operating, I asked my colleagues, I said how do we know 13 what's enough capital? 14 capital? How do we choose what's enough 15 And my colleagues used the same example you said, 16 which is to say that we think it's enough to cover a 30-year 17 flood, but not a 100-year flood. 18 about what level of insurance you force firms to run with 19 against what is the probability of a flood. 20 Governments make a choice And I agree that we cannot and should not try to 21 design a system that makes failure impossible, that would 22 cover any--because that would impose excessive costs on 23 businesses and would not be efficient for the country as a 24 whole. 25 But I can say with a lot of confidence that our 186 1 requirements were too thin, too modest, and it would be 2 better for credit generally, better for the economy, better 3 for the allocation of capital across time, if those 4 requirements were more conservative. 5 with you, you can't design them and should not try to design 6 them to protect against all sorts of shocks, and we have to 7 have a system that allows for failure. 8 9 10 But I completely agree We just don't want the failure to be as damaging as it was in this crisis. COMMISSIONER WALLISON: One last question, then. 11 You say in your prepared testimony that the financial 12 system--I think I'm quoting here--"outgrew the protections 13 that were created in the Depression." 14 Now wouldn't it be fair to say that the system 15 grew outside the banking system not to avoid regulation so 16 to speak, but because banks were in fact unable to 17 participate in the securities market which was a very 18 efficient market for financing business, and financing 19 consumers--this is the securitization market. 20 really effectively prevented from participating in that, in 21 part because of Glass-Steagall, and I'm not advocating 22 Glass-Steagall certainly, but isn't that why we developed 23 this shadow banking system, if we want to call it that? 24 25 WITNESS GEITHNER: this paradoxical feature. Banks were The capital requirements had They were strong enough to 187 1 encourage a lot of that funding to shift outside to where 2 there was no capital regulation, but they were not strong 3 enough to protect the system when that system came crashing 4 down. 5 But I don't think the premise is quite right in 6 the sense, Mr. Wallison, that banks were allowed to help 7 companies raise debt and equity. 8 participate actively in these other secured funding markets- 9 -for credit card receivables, for automobile receivables-- And they were allowed to 10 not just real-estate backed, asset-backed. 11 able to fully participate in that system, and a lot of them 12 did of course in ways that left them in the panic you 13 referred to, exposed to loss. 14 15 16 So they were So I don't think I quite agree with that part of your question. COMMISSIONER WALLISON: 17 have, but thank you very much. 18 CHAIRMAN ANGELIDES: 19 COMMISSIONER GEORGIOU: That's all the time I Mr. Georgiou. Mr. Secretary, you said 20 something to the effect that all this stuff started to crash 21 down, and crash down pretty quickly. 22 to explore whether the stuff really deserved to crash down, 23 and was really created in such a way that anybody who was 24 other than right in the center of it and not looking at it 25 ought to have known that it had the strong possibility of I guess I would like 188 1 2 crashing down. Yesterday we had testimony from former SEC 3 Chairman Cox who said something to the effect that if honest 4 lending practices had been followed, much of this crisis 5 quite simply would not have occurred; the nearly complete 6 collapse of lending standards by banks and other mortgage 7 originators led to the creation of so much worthless, or 8 near worthless mortgage paper that as of September 2008 9 banks had reported over one-half trillion dollars in losses 10 11 on U.S. subprime mortgages and related exposure. And the creation of those mortgages was 12 exacerbated by then turning those residential mortgage- 13 backed securities into collateralized debt obligations in a 14 process that at the last hearing I likened to something like 15 medieval alchemy where you took this low-rated tranche, the 16 BBB-rated tranches of the residential mortgage-backed 17 securities--93 percent of the tranches were higher rated. 18 This was the bottom 5 percent of the 7 percent. 19 percent of equity below. 20 There was 2 Then you took that tranche, low-rated, from a 21 whole bunch of mortgage-backed securities and created 22 something called the collateralized debt obligation, somehow 23 slicing and dicing that and ending up with a security that 24 had not only AAA, but some 50 percent of it was AAA+ rated, 25 which was super-senior tranches, ostensibly. 189 1 But of course we now know that all that was 2 essentially fictitious, really, and that when you lost a 3 very modest amount, when these mortgages began not to 4 perform in some modest amount, 3, 5 percent, you impacted 5 all that BBB tranche, and then you essentially rendered the 6 CDOs worthless. 7 And it was exacerbated--I think it's important to 8 note it was exacerbated by the shadow banking system in a 9 couple of ways. We had another $120 billion of those CDOs 10 that were essentially insured by AIG by selling credit 11 default insurance against it, which they weren't capitalized 12 for, and they were essentially spreading their AAA rating 13 like holy water over these CDOs that didn't deserve to be 14 rated in that way, and another $60 billion was sold to 15 commercial paper conduits. 16 So you took these fundamentally flawed 17 securitized products and concentrated risk in a number of 18 institutions which ultimately we as taxpayers had to bail 19 out--AIG, Citi, which took a $25 billion liquidity put on 20 these CDOs off their balance sheet, which is essentially a 21 third of their capital, which nobody seemed to have noticed 22 anything about. 23 And I guess all of this goes to say that we 24 needed to, it seems to me, have people prepared to recognize 25 that the emperor had no clothes; that there needed to have 190 1 been people who saw that the possibility of this collapse of 2 the securities was much, much higher than anybody gave them 3 credit for. 4 general problem. 5 And I wondered if you could speak to that WITNESS GEITHNER: I think I agree with much of 6 what you said. And I think you're right that you had a 7 dramatic erosion in underwriting standards. 8 money against a very large fraction of the value of a house 9 inherently exposed to substantial risk of loss if you had So people lent 10 the combination of prices falling a lot and a lot of people 11 losing their jobs. 12 13 And that risk was pervasive across the system. It was in-- 14 COMMISSIONER GEORGIOU: 15 fall that much. 16 They can just fall a little bit. 17 They don't even have to I mean, they don't have to fall a lot. WITNESS GEITHNER: Right. So relatively modest 18 losses would have eaten deeply into those particular 19 tranches of CDOs. 20 you described. 21 I think you're absolutely right in what But I guess what I would emphasize is that it 22 wasn't just in those complex structures. It was across the 23 system. 24 an example, banks across the country that did lend too much 25 against real estate as a whole. It was in--I mean, you know, Countrywide would be 191 1 And it was--it was-- 2 COMMISSIONER GEORGIOU: 3 mortgages themselves. 4 5 And they just held the WITNESS GEITHNER: They held some of them, and they-- 6 COMMISSIONER GEORGIOU: Right. But, I agree with 7 you, it wasn't exclusively that, but it was significantly 8 that. 9 discussing for the last few days is that a number of the And I guess, you know, part of what we've been 10 parties who originated these mortgages held--essentially had 11 no consequence if they failed. 12 the securities themselves. 13 Not just the mortgages, but And I don't know that in this regulatory reform 14 that's going on how much there will be remedial--how many 15 remedial measures will be made to address that question. 16 And would the systemic risk council that you propose, or 17 that people have proposed, be able to identify this kind of 18 problem in the future? 19 WITNESS GEITHNER: And you are right to say that 20 these reforms won't solve all these problems definitively. 21 We won't know for sure which ones they do an adequate job of 22 solving, but they do do some very important things. 23 They do get fundamentally at some of the 24 conflicts in rating agencies that helped contribute to the 25 mistakes in ratings. They will force much more disclosure, 192 1 not just about ratings and their methodologies, but into 2 these basic complex asset-backed securities structures so 3 investors have a better chance of looking deep into them and 4 understanding the risks they're exposed to. 5 6 They will force firms that write these commitments to hold more capital against those commitments. 7 8 COMMISSIONER GEORGIOU: And to hold some of the securities themselves, if I understand it. 9 WITNESS GEITHNER: Yes, and to retain an economic 10 interest in those securities. 11 we are confident these things would be helpful. 12 So again, these things are-- I think you could say they're necessary. But of 13 course over time people will find their way around them. 14 And if you have another period where you create great 15 incentives for people to take great risks, they will do it 16 again. 17 18 19 Our job is to make sure that those mistakes when they happen are not as damaging to the system. COMMISSIONER GEORGIOU: I guess the other thing 20 that we looked at at the last hearing that I'd just like 21 your comment on was this capital arbitrage where 22 institutions like Citi were putting things either off 23 balance sheet or into different elements, putting it in 24 their trading book, that avoided people recognizing, 25 different regulatory entities recognizing that there was 193 1 ultimately a risk in this particular instance of liquidity 2 puts to $25 billion, almost a third of their capital, if 3 this one set of CDOs failed. 4 WITNESS GEITHNER: Well again you're exactly 5 right. The system did not capture the economic exposure 6 many firms had to the funding vehicles they used. 7 I mean, the crisis began in July 2007 when a 8 French bank that owned a money market fund closed the gates 9 on withdrawals because that fund had funded a bunch of risk 10 in structured investment vehicles, these off balance sheet 11 fancy vehicles, of German banks that had bought a huge 12 amount of U.S. subprime mortgage risk. 13 So--and without, frankly, the knowledge of the 14 fund or the bank in some basic sense. 15 happened across the system. 16 regime, the disclosure regime, the rating regime, the 17 capital regime, did an adequate job of capturing those risks 18 of exposure. 19 So, but, you know, it And neither the accounting And that is a fixable problem. It won't get fixed perfectly, and you want to 20 make sure it adapts over time better, but that is a--I think 21 that is a problem that we can do a much better job of 22 preventing in the future by again making sure the accounting 23 conventions capture these exposures. 24 25 Disclosure is better. conflict. Ratings less vulnerable to Capital provides bigger cushions against 194 1 uncertainty and loss. 2 a good place to start. 3 4 5 It won't solve all problems, but it's COMMISSIONER GEORGIOU: Very good. Thank you, very much, Mr. Secretary. CHAIRMAN ANGELIDES: Right. Mr. Secretary, very 6 quickly I just want to make an observation, picking up 7 really on the comments of Mr. Wallison and Mr. Georgiou 8 about the regulatory framework. 9 One of the things that struck me when I heard 10 that discussion is so many people who have come before us 11 have talked about how nothing could have been done to avert 12 the crisis, but what's at least clear to me as I read more 13 and more and hear more and more is 14 should never have been done at the outset. 15 there's a lot that And when you were talking about in this 16 discussion what kind of regulation on securitized products 17 or on capital, is it fair to say that we can't also forget 18 to look at the point of origin of problems? 19 In other words, there was a situation here, and 20 I'm not saying it was the whole of the problem, but the fact 21 was the poisonous subprime loans were permitted to enter the 22 system in the first place. 23 instruments were created that helped carry that poison 24 throughout the system. 25 And then exotic financial And so any look back and look forward has to look 195 1 at the point of entry of the contamination, doesn't it? 2 WITNESS GEITHNER: I agree. But again I would 3 just underscore this is in the character of saying it's 4 worse than you think. 5 look at losses on prime mortgage loans, on conforming 6 mortgages in this crisis they are very high, too, well 7 outside the expectations of most people in this case because 8 again house prices fell so far, and unemployment rose so 9 much more than people had expected. 10 I would just emphasize that if you So it was pervasive. And I do not believe you 11 can prevent all financial crises. 12 can try to run a system that tries to prevent failures. 13 the job of government is to make sure that you make those 14 failures less damaging; that they don't cause so much 15 collateral damage to the innocent, they don't have such 16 catastrophic consequences for the economy, and I believe we 17 can do a better job. 18 very good framework for fixing not just the direct cause of 19 this crisis, but making us much less vulnerable in the 20 future. 21 22 23 I do not believe that you But And I think these reforms provide a But crises will happen. Again, what policy should do is make them less damaging. CHAIRMAN ANGELIDES: I mean the only other 24 observation I would have is, would you agree that the 25 problem in prime mortgages may have been exacerbated by the 196 1 price run-up, which in part may have been fueled by the 2 availability of no down payment, negative amortization, a 3 whole slew of loan products to a whole set of consumers who 4 otherwise wouldn't have been able to enter that market? 5 WITNESS GEITHNER: 6 CHAIRMAN ANGELIDES: 7 item so I don't forget today. 8 of cleanup. 9 with Mr. Immelt. 10 I do agree with that. Okay. One other just small And this is just in the way I had earlier asked you about conversations I want to expand just for a minute. We had talked briefly about the CPFF. And by the 11 way, I assume you've had a lot of conversations with him 12 because he was on your board. 13 7th of 2008 you announced the commercial paper program, 14 October 27th you began buying commercial paper. 15 originally there was some talk about that being only asset- 16 backed and not unsecured? 17 but-- 18 But I know that on October I believe I don't know if it was shifted, WITNESS GEITHNER: We started a facility called I 19 think the Asset-Backed--it had some acronym, but it was 20 about asset-backed commercial paper. 21 place a broader commercial paper-backed facility. 22 CHAIRMAN ANGELIDES: And then we put in But when I asked you about 23 the conversations, I asked about September 29th and 30th, 24 and whether there was concern about being able to issue 25 commercial paper by GE. 197 1 I would like to expand that to just ask you, did 2 conversations occur about being able to enter those programs 3 because of a necessity of those programs to support their 4 issuance, or the market as a whole? 5 WITNESS GEITHNER: Again, to the best of my 6 recollection, Mr. Chairman, those conversations, like I had 7 with a variety of people in the markets both money market 8 funds, institutional investors, and people who were relying 9 on CP markets, they were about making sure we understand how 10 broad the problems were. 11 12 And people had lots of ideas about how we should-as they always do--about how we should solve them. 13 CHAIRMAN ANGELIDES: 14 check. 15 carry your daily planner-- 16 17 18 Well you were going to Why don't you--I don't expect you, like I said, to WITNESS GEITHNER: But your question was, were they about both the asset-backed-CHAIRMAN ANGELIDES: GE's ability to (a) issue in 19 that time period, you know, fear of their own issuance; and 20 (b) their participation in those programs. 21 WITNESS GEITHNER: Okay. I'm happy to go back 22 and check. But again, my recollection is that absolutely, 23 almost certainly they were about making sure we understood 24 how broad the potential financing stress was. 25 heard from across the system, across the economy, And like we 198 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 encouragements for us to do something about it. CHAIRMAN ANGELIDES: All right. and if you can swing back. (Information to be provided.) Double-check, 199 1 CHAIRMAN ANGELIDES: 2 COMMISSIONER HENNESSEY: 3 Mr. Hennessey? Thank you. And thank you for coming today. 4 I am a little concerned about one of the biggest 5 challenges we have here, two of the biggest challenges, are 6 the advantage of hindsight, and the danger of selection 7 bias. 8 supervisors did not know what was going to happen. 9 We now know what happened when policymakers and And as you well know, at any point in time you 10 can find someone who is predicting almost any outcome. 11 so we have had, you know, people point to specific 12 predictors from the past and say, why weren't those paid 13 attention to. 14 And And with respect to Senator Graham, I want to use 15 an analogy from his home state: 16 certainty that devastating hurricanes will hit Florida. 17 that is different than suggesting that I should know when a 18 specific hurricane is going to hit Miami. 19 know that houses are being built that are too big on the 20 shores of Florida, that's different than saying I should 21 have known about this hurricane. 22 suggesting, that I knew that a particular situation was 23 going to occur, and that someone did nothing about it. 24 25 I can tell you with But And even if I Or, as some have been And since you were running the New York Fed, that argument would apply to you. And I don't buy the argument, 200 1 but I want to ask you about it, with respect to housing, and 2 then with respect to how the housing problems translated 3 into the financial sector. 4 I think it was generally known for years, if not 5 decades, that U.S. policy subsidizes housing. 6 of my economist friends would say "over-subsidizes" housing 7 relative to other forms of capital investment. 8 9 10 I know a lot I know that I did not know until the Fall of 2007 that there were specific severe problems in an element of the housing finance market. 11 Can you comment on the argument that policymakers 12 should have seen well before the Summer or Fall of 2007 13 those housing problems? 14 argument? 15 Do you believe that is a valid WITNESS GEITHNER: I basically agree with where 16 you begin. 17 to you, which is be wary of the benefits of hindsight. 18 and be skeptical of the capacity for foresight. 19 completely agree with that. 20 And I say--I usually say exactly the same thing And, I So I can only tell you what I thought at the 21 time. Which is, that I was very worried about the 22 possibility that this whole set of forces you saw in the 23 long period of rising house prices, huge increases in 24 leverage, the growth in these risky funding structures 25 outside the banks, I was very worried that those risks would 201 1 be substantial for the system. 2 what the possibility was of a big shock, where it would come 3 from, how it would happen, how damaging it would be. 4 thought--I thought there was a risk it would be quite 5 damaging and harder to manage than previous financial crises 6 for the reasons I said before. 7 And, that we did not know But we But I would not claim, in having said that, that 8 I thought at the time, or I spent time--I went a lot of time 9 with people in these markets of course, and I did not find 10 people at the time who were particularly compelling about 11 exactly putting these things together and seeing how exactly 12 what was happening in no-doc loans, NINJA loans, et cetera, 13 was actually producing huge exposures that looked AAA or 14 super-senior. 15 So that's a complicated answer to your question. 16 But in general I agree with you that, be wary of the 17 benefits of hindsight. 18 reason I think it's important to come back to the simple 19 risks and leverage is that leverage is hard to capture. 20 you could observe at that time that there was leverage in 21 the system that made us vulnerable to a shock when it was 22 going to happen. 23 timing, nature, magnitude of that shock. 24 25 But I think on these basic--the But But nobody had the capacity to predict the And again, the lesson I would take from that is to say that design a system that recognizes that limitation. 202 1 Don't design a system that tries to depend on people sitting 2 in these jobs, like you had, or everybody else had, and 3 saying we're going to hope those people in Washington step 4 in preemptively with perfect wisdom in the future and 5 deprive people of taking, borrowing too much. 6 I think that would not be a good way to run a 7 system. 8 skepticism in it about the capacity of individuals to act 9 preemptively. 10 11 Run a system that rests on--that has some more And I think that is what these reforms try to do. COMMISSIONER HENNESSEY: Thank you. The second 12 part of that same sort of question, and I could characterize 13 it as were you generally surprised by the Bear event? 14 then subsequent events? 15 And And what I mean, more specifically, is by the 16 Fall of 2007 everyone knew that there were severe problems 17 in subprime financing, but then taking that to specific 18 failures of specific institutions, some have been suggesting 19 that you and others should have seen that was going to 20 happen, or some are even implying that people did see that 21 that was going to happen and didn't do something about it. 22 WITNESS GEITHNER: Well as I tried to explain, we 23 did a lot of things, starting in 2004, which were designed 24 to make the system more resilient and reduce the risk that, 25 whatever happened, it would be less damaging. 203 1 And as I said, I think those steps--I think they 2 were--had the right objectives. 3 many areas. 4 They were very effective in Think, for example, of what happened to how 5 little effect hedge fund failures had on the system as a 6 whole. 7 were helpful for the system. 8 9 A lot of examples of things that those results that But absolutely did not do enough soon enough to make the system strong enough to withstand that. But our-- 10 for us, in my view, this crisis started in the middle of 11 2007. 12 doing things we had never done before. 13 ahead of other countries, to help to put some foam on the 14 runway and to sort of contain the risks that would escalate 15 and contaminate other institutions. 16 And as you know, the Fed moved very aggressively, Way But ultimately of course you don't solve these 17 problems by simply using liquidity. 18 with more force. 19 No road map. COMMISSIONER HENNESSEY: You have to solve them Good. I want to praise 20 you for the work that you did, and have been doing, on 21 dealing with the resolution issues, having to do with credit 22 derivatives. 23 making about in effect hardening the system so that, even if 24 all of the oversight, and all of the supervision fails, that 25 the system is more robust to withstand that shock. And I strongly support the arguments you're 204 1 We heard from Bear. 2 profitable. 3 occurred. 4 We were solvent. They said, look, we were Just an irrational run After Bear there was the Emergency Liquidity 5 Facility at the Fed which, as I understand it, has since 6 expired. 7 firm faces an irrational run. 8 Isn't the system not hard enough in that particular area 9 where the same thing could happen? 10 11 So let's imagine that another profitable, solvent Isn't there the same risk? VICE CHAIRMAN THOMAS: Mr. Chairman, I yield the gentleman two additional minutes. 12 COMMISSIONER HENNESSEY: 13 WITNESS GEITHNER: Thank you. I would not characterize what 14 happened in that case as a run on a solvent institution. 15 But if we don't reform the system, absolutely we're still 16 living with that vulnerability today. 17 You know, we're still living with the same system 18 that produced this crisis. 19 protections, preventative and better tools for crises, we'll 20 be living with a more vulnerable system. 21 And without the full set of Because the actions we were forced to take do add 22 to moral hazard. 23 here and did nothing, did not pass reforms, the system would 24 be less--more vulnerable, less stable than in the past. 25 And again, if you did nothing, you sat But absolutely, even solvent firms are vulnerable 205 1 to runs. 2 very strong financially come under extraordinary pressure 3 because the world went into panic. 4 And you saw a lot of institutions that were very, And again, I think the best defense against that 5 is to make sure that the entire system, firms and these 6 funding markets, derivative markets, et cetera, are run with 7 thicker cushions against loss. 8 less fragile when somebody makes huge mistakes. 9 That will make everything But also make sure that when things fall apart, 10 when people make mistakes, you can put them out of their 11 misery without the taxpayer being exposed to loss, and you 12 can draw a firebreak around them so that the fire doesn't 13 jump to the rest of the system. 14 That is the basic, simple theory that underpins 15 these reforms. 16 They won't be designed to prevent people from making 17 mistakes. 18 And I think those are achievable reforms. We just want the mistakes to be less damaging. COMMISSIONER HENNESSEY: So that's the resolution 19 authority, and then a whole set of requirements to reduce 20 the probability that any one particular firm gets itself 21 into a situation where investors will lose confidence. 22 WITNESS GEITHNER: Yes. 23 COMMISSIONER HENNESSEY: But as we saw with 24 Wachovia, and WaMu, even insured institutions can face runs. 25 I presume that even if say the pending legislation becomes 206 1 law, even if you have the resolution authority and those 2 other strengthening things, you are still at a greater risk 3 for one of these non-insured firms of an irrational 4 liquidity run just because that facility doesn't exist. 5 You could still have a firm that claims, or 6 believes that it's solvent and profitable saying, look, 7 there's an irrational run; I'm running out of liquidity. 8 9 10 WITNESS GEITHNER: I think that's right. the question you have to ask is: Is that desirable? I think And will that induce more conservative behavior? 11 You know, in the absence of expectation there's a 12 safety net that should induce caution. Of course it didn't 13 work that way for large parts of the system coming into the 14 crisis. 15 So again, I think the lesson we try to take is to 16 say there's a function called banking which is about helping 17 companies raise capital, helping people borrow to finance 18 things they need. 19 crises. 20 requires this mix of constraints on risk-taking, and better 21 fire fighting capacities when things fall apart. 22 23 You want that system to be stable in Otherwise, economies can't function well. And that And you can't make the system stable if that set of protections only exists on fundamentally half the system. 24 COMMISSIONER HENNESSEY: 25 CHAIRMAN ANGELIDES: Thank you. Ms. Murren. 207 1 COMMISSIONER MURREN: Thank you. 2 Thank you, Mr. Secretary, for being here to talk 3 to us about this. 4 bolts question that actually came up in our last hearings, 5 which were on Citi. 6 question former Chairman Greenspan, and in this instance we 7 were able to take a look at the 2005 Operations Review of 8 the Bank Supervisor Group at the Federal Reserve Bank of New 9 York. 10 11 12 I would like to follow up on a nuts-and- And we had had the opportunity to And this one is dated May 9th to May 27th of 2005. I would like to enter that into the record. This is an internal peer review report, and it is 13 conducted by examiners from other Federal Reserve Banks. 14 And it is my understanding that each Reserve Bank is 15 reviewed every four years. 16 And, that in this particular report there was 17 commentary made that related to the Citigroup team, that was 18 that the team's time and energy is absorbed by hot topic 19 supervisory issues which include compliance, governance, 20 information requests, and that that keeps the team from 21 fully completing its continuous supervision objectives. 22 The result is that there are insufficient 23 resources to conduct continuous supervision activities in a 24 consistent manner. 25 the sufficiency of staff across the LCVO portfolio. And we recommend that management review 208 1 And then there's also another report, which is 2 the same year I think on the same topic, which is titled "A 3 Draft Closeout Report," which also mentions not having 4 sufficient staff to sustain continuous supervision 5 activities which may result in late reaction to address 6 emerging risk areas. 7 I am curious about, when you look back on this 8 and, you know, recognizing the benefits of hindsight, do you 9 agree with the findings of this report that there were 10 insufficient resources allocated specifically to Citigroup, 11 and also perhaps to other large, complex banking 12 organizations? 13 14 15 WITNESS GEITHNER: Here's how I think about this. Again, colored a little bit by hindsight. I was very concerned in looking at our mix of 16 responsibilities in those bank holding companies about the 17 burden imposed by a range of what you might call compliance 18 obligations--consumer protection, CRA, Bank Secrecy Act-- 19 very important policy instruments, policy requirements that 20 we were charged with enforcing through regulation, and the 21 burden those imposed relative to the resources we had to 22 also do what you might call a much more difficult task, also 23 an important task, of judging whether a firm had a risk 24 management capacity to manage his risk adequately, whether 25 the safety and soundness obligations we faced were 209 1 adequately met, whether liquidity was managed carefully 2 enough, et cetera; whether the firm had, for example 3 adequate stress testing regimes to capture what might happen 4 if all those securities it held turned to mud. 5 And I felt--and again, this lesson helped shape 6 what we've proposed on financial reform, because we've 7 proposed to take the Fed out of the business of consumer 8 protection and have it focus in its supervisory 9 responsibilities on a narrower range of safety and soundness 10 requirements. 11 appropriate, in part because again it helps make sure that 12 these people are focused on a more single mission, which is 13 safety and soundness, which as we've discovered is so 14 important to the system as a whole. 15 And I still believe that is right and COMMISSIONER MURREN: I guess the question then 16 would also be, have we had an opportunity to be able to 17 address that? 18 Or have you? If you look, also a similar Operations Review, 19 and this one is dated December of '09, there are still 20 references here to the timeliness of supervisory products 21 being a concern, and that it is in fact a repeat finding 22 from the 2005 Operations Review. 23 And there are further citations that relate to 24 supervisory ratings not being updated on an ongoing basis to 25 reflect the evolving risk profile and financial condition of 210 1 2 the organization. Do you feel like the responsiveness of the 3 supervisors at the Federal Reserve Bank in New York was 4 swift enough to the circumstances? 5 have been more aggressive in their ratings and their 6 supervision and reporting of this condition of Citigroup? 7 WITNESS GEITHNER: Do you think they should I believe that these are the 8 most capable, most talented public servants I have ever 9 worked with. But I absolutely agree--and I've said this, 10 and I'll say it many times--that I do not think we did 11 enough as an institution with the authority we had to help 12 contain the risks that ultimately emerged in that 13 institution. 14 And I think a lot about what we could have done 15 differently in that context. And maybe part of it is about 16 resources, but I think it's a more fundamental problem, 17 which is I think that the system, again we were operating 18 with a set of rules that did not compel firms to hold enough 19 capital against the risks they were taking. 20 capture them. 21 in this reform processes that we rely not so much on the 22 discretion of supervisors to force more than the framework 23 forces, try to get the rules better. 24 live with a set of measurable objective rules and you're not 25 forced with the risk that these very capable people, because They did not And that is why I believe it is so important And so that firms can 211 1 of other preoccupations, other burdens, were insufficient 2 leverage and traction--you don't want the system to rely on 3 their ability to force firms to be more conservative than 4 the rules require. 5 6 You've got to make sure the rules adapt and force more conservatism themselves. 7 COMMISSIONER MURREN: Do you think that there 8 should have been more examination of the off balance sheet 9 entities of Citigroup, specifically the underlying assets? 10 Is that something you think that would be beneficial as we 11 go forward? 12 WITNESS GEITHNER: Absolutely. And again, a 13 fundamental lesson of these reforms--and a lot of this has 14 happened with the evolution of accounting already in 15 capital--is that you need to make sure that these either 16 come on balance sheet, or if they're going to stay off 17 balance sheet that you force people to hold capital against 18 the risk in those exposures. 19 has been made in that area. 20 Absolutely. A lot of progress I would give just one cautionary note, though. 21 Those particular sets of risks themselves did not in the end 22 prove that large, in that particular case. 23 was a problem across the system, and it made it much harder 24 for people to really understand what fundamentally might be 25 the ultimate measure of losses in a lot of institutions that It was--but it 212 1 took too much risk to the real estate losses they had. 2 COMMISSIONER MURREN: Thank you. And I think I 3 need to enter these two reports that I cited into the 4 record. Do you need information on that? 5 6 CHAIRMAN ANGELIDES: Operations Report and the 2009 Operations Report. 7 COMMISSIONER MURREN: 8 CHAIRMAN ANGELIDES: 9 10 I noted it was the 2005 Yes. Can I just very quickly, though, we're going to keep you on schedule here. remarkable. 11 Correct? This is But I just want to press one last point. In our interviews with Federal Reserve Bank of 12 New York staff, we were told that they did not look at the 13 credit quality of assets held by any of Citi's off balance 14 sheet entities. 15 it, what happened at Citi is they had been reporting a $13 16 billion subprime exposure. 17 I'm sure you're quite aware, in a matter of weeks leading up 18 to Mr. Prince's resignation, that was revised upward to $55 19 billion. 20 And actually in the end, as we understand And as you know, in kind of a, And they actually took that twenty-five back onto 21 their balance sheet, even though they weren't legally 22 required to as a liquidity put. 23 least say it was material. 24 25 So I think we could at The other thing that was pointed out to us is the Examiners at the OCC complained about the provisions of 213 1 Gramm-Leach-Bliley, saying that it prevented them from 2 obtaining the information about nonbank affiliates and kept 3 them blind to some of the asset quality problems that 4 eventually came back on the balance sheet. 5 It sounds to me like there was a little hole 6 here. 7 and no one is really looking at them. 8 a risk, or at least certainly a potential risk. 9 You had these off balance sheet entities, vehicles, WITNESS GEITHNER: And so they did pose Absolutely they presented a 10 risk, and I didn't mean to claim otherwise. 11 they were material in the sense of--and, you know, this 12 system, this system of a whole bunch of different regulators 13 looking at pieces of the entity. 14 looking at the whole thing. 15 And I agree The Fed is supposed to be Accounting regime, rating dependence, capital 16 that didn't capture the risk, internal checks and balances 17 that failed to capture those risks, that system absolutely 18 did not work. 19 CHAIRMAN ANGELIDES: Right. And by the way, I 20 should add, the SEC told us they were aware of those. 21 really fell, it seems to us, at least my reading of it, into 22 a black hole of sorts. 23 WITNESS GEITHNER: 24 CHAIRMAN ANGELIDES: 25 WITNESS GEITHNER: Right. They And I think-- Or a gray hole. In many ways, the problem with 214 1 the hole, or the shadow was that it looked like it was 2 called AAA, or Super Senior, and people didn't say, well, 3 how big a cushion of loss absorption is underpinning that? 4 And so that's why all of a sudden stuff that looked like it 5 was risk free had a lot of embedded losses. 6 7 8 9 CHAIRMAN ANGELIDES: And of course then there were CDOs composed out of BBB tranches. With that, I want to thank you--I'll let you close us up--thank you very much, on behalf of all the 10 Commissioners, for coming here today, for your time, for 11 your answers to our questions. 12 Mr. Vice Chairman? 13 VICE CHAIRMAN THOMAS: Mr. Secretary, we are 14 going to be sending you a list of causes, those that had 15 been mentioned and those that weren't, and we really 16 appreciate you helping us. 17 than that, as one of the major architects of the financial 18 regulatory reform that's currently being examined by 19 Congress, would you provide a 30-second, or a one-minute pep 20 talk to the Commission as we're going forward attempting to 21 find the causes of the financial crisis, while you and 22 others have already decided what it was? But probably more fundamental 23 (Laughter.) 24 VICE CHAIRMAN THOMAS: 25 WITNESS GEITHNER: And you can take a minute. You are doing such a terrific 215 1 job-- 2 (Laughter.) 3 WITNESS GEITHNER: --of exposing the full range 4 of fundamental causes, that you are helping the cause of 5 reform. 6 exposed with the core of the reforms that the Senate is now 7 considering, and you are giving great energy and urgency to 8 the task. 9 Because we can match very closely the causes you've But don't stop now. Even if the Senate enacts 10 this stuff in the next two weeks, don't stop your exercise, 11 because that's just the first stage. 12 have to not just deal with the GSEs and the housing finance 13 markets, we are still going to have to design these set of 14 constraints on capital liquidity, disclosure, et cetera. 15 We are still going to We have a huge amount of work ahead of us in that 16 process, and the process that you are undertaking, as well 17 as the other bodies in the Hill and internationally, will be 18 central to that process. 19 So when Congress, as we hope they will, enacts 20 these reforms, it will be the beginning of the process of 21 reform, not the end. 22 will be so important to exercise, but--I'm not quite sure 23 you wanted this, Mr. Thomas--but please encourage our 24 leaders in the Senate to act on reform so we can get on with 25 the business-- And the work you have ahead of you 216 1 VICE CHAIRMAN THOMAS: I'm trying to explain to 2 them the institution, and the fact that the committees have 3 jurisdictions which don't necessarily cover everything that 4 needs to be done. 5 deadlines that are created by the leadership in Congress, 6 but the follow-ship sometimes doesn't get there. 7 And I hope people notice there are WITNESS GEITHNER: 8 too. 9 quickly. I am learning that myself, But I think we're close now, and I hope they move 10 VICE CHAIRMAN THOMAS: 11 WITNESS GEITHNER: I think we are. And remember, there will still 12 be an enormous amount of work that we have to shape, and the 13 process of inquiry you've laid out will be enormously 14 important to that work. 15 16 VICE CHAIRMAN THOMAS: And final word, we've got to quit talking about it as history. 17 WITNESS GEITHNER: It's here still. The vulnerability, absolutely. 18 We are living with the system today that caused the worst 19 financial crisis since the Great Depression, and it is worse 20 than that. 21 have to do that create the risk of moral hazard. 22 don't act to fix those problems, we will be more vulnerable. 23 Because we had to do things no one should ever And if we So my compliments to what you are trying to do, 24 and keep at it. 25 the bill done. Don't stop just because we're going to get 217 1 VICE CHAIRMAN THOMAS: 2 CHAIRMAN ANGELIDES: That was pretty good. Thank you, very much. We 3 got out of that question and answer unscathed, and we will 4 take, Commissioners, a 15-minute break. 5 at 2:35, or actually we'll do it at 2:30. 6 12-minute break. We will recommence We will take a 7 Thank you very much, Mr. Secretary. 8 (Whereupon, at 2:18 p.m., the hearing was 9 recessed, to reconvene at 2:30 p.m., this same day.) 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 218 1 AFTERNOON SESSION 2 (2:33 p.m.) 3 4 CHAIRMAN ANGELIDES: The meeting of the Financial Crisis Inquiry Commission will come back into order. 5 We are on our final session of day two on our 6 hearing on the shadow banking system. 7 witnesses who are with us today. 8 9 I want to welcome our Gentlemen, as you know, we have been undertaking an examination of the growth and development of what has 10 been termed the "shadow banking system," looking at how that 11 system developed, the risks it posed, what happened to that 12 system in 2007-08, and the consequences for our financial 13 system and our economy. 14 I would like to start off today by asking you all 15 to stand so we can do what we customarily do for every 16 witness who comes before us, and that is to stand and raise 17 your right hand, and I will administer the oath to you as 18 witnesses. 19 Do you solemnly swear or affirm under the penalty 20 of perjury that the testimony you are about to provide the 21 Commission will be the truth, the whole truth, and nothing 22 but the truth, to the best of your knowledge? 23 MR. McCULLEY: 24 MR. NEAL: 25 MR. BARBER: I do. I do. I do. 219 1 MR. MEIER: I do. 2 (Witnesses sworn.) 3 CHAIRMAN ANGELIDES: Terrific. We are grateful 4 for the written testimony that you have provided to us, and 5 we are going to ask each of you to give an opening statement 6 of no more than five minutes--both an opportunity for you to 7 speak to us, and for us to hear your views. 8 9 10 And so we will go, without political prejudice, from left to right here, and we will start with you, Mr. McCulley. 11 12 If you would, start off. WITNESS McCULLEY: Thank you, Chairman Angelides- - 13 CHAIRMAN ANGELIDES: Okay, and I should add one 14 other things, gentlemen. 15 yellow light that comes on with one minute to go, and the 16 red light is when time is up. 17 You will see that there will be a WITNESS McCULLEY: Thank you, Mr. McCulley. Chairman Angelides, Vice 18 Chairman Thomas, and the Honorable Members of the 19 Commission: 20 My name is Paul McCulley, and I am a managing 21 director and portfolio manager with PIMCO. 22 colleagues at PIMCO, I thank you for the invitation to 23 appear before this distinguished Commission. 24 25 On behalf of my PIMCO is an investment management firm founded in 1971 based in Newport Beach, California. As an investment 220 1 manager, PIMCO is hired to invest money on behalf of clients 2 in accordance with contractual guidelines they establish 3 with us. 4 Our objective is to protect and enhance our 5 client's assets, their pensions, savings, and investments, 6 and thereby help them achieve their investment goals over 7 time. 8 9 10 We do not conduct investment banking or proprietary trading activities, and we are not a brokerdealer. 11 Let me turn now to the substantive issue that 12 you've asked me to speak about today, which is the role of 13 the shadow banking system in the financial crisis of 2007 14 and 2009. 15 Let me give you a definition. Shadow banks are 16 levered financial intermediaries engaged in liquidity, 17 maturity, and credit quality transformation but operating 18 without public safety nets. 19 access to the Fed's Discount Window. 20 Notably, FDIC insurance and Shadow banking, that phrase, is not a pejorative 21 phrase, but merely a descriptive phrase of how the shadow 22 banking system works. 23 Let me turn now to the fundamental role of banks. 24 Banking is fundamentally defined as the business of 25 transforming savings into investment in our economy while 221 1 simultaneously acting as the Nation's payment system. 2 Traditionally we think in terms of this activity 3 in the context of conventional banks, which issue deposits 4 and then turn them into loans. 5 necessarily requires faith on the part of depositors that 6 their money is safe. 7 The system therefore In the wake of repeated bank runs in the early 8 20th Century, Congress enacted legislation creating the 9 Federal Reserve in 1913, and the FDIC in 1933. As Professor 10 Gordon observed earlier before this Commission, FDIC insured 11 deposits issued by banks with access to the Fed's Discount 12 Window are informationally insensitive. 13 That is, holders of such deposits do not have to 14 do any due diligence or gathering of information to feel 15 comfortable holding such deposits because they are viewed by 16 the public as being backed by the full faith and credit of 17 our government. 18 Since the creation of the Federal Reserve and the 19 FDIC, conventional banking has inherently been a joint 20 venture between the private sector and the public sector. 21 Deposits are made informationally insensitive to 22 the public by the safety nets from the government, allowing 23 conventional bankers to redeploy those deposits into longer 24 dated, riskier loans and securities earning a net interest 25 profit. 222 1 Given the fact that the conventional banking 2 system is indeed a joint venture between the private sector 3 and the public sector, conventional banking has been 4 regulated. 5 In recent decades, the shadow banking system 6 developed to provide many of the same lending and 7 intermediary functions of conventional banks, also sharing 8 their same profit motive. 9 Today, many Americans have financed their homes, 10 car loans, and student loans via institutions that are part 11 of the shadow banking system. 12 One of the distinctions between conventional 13 banks and shadow banks is that, while conventional banks are 14 subject to extensive regulatory framework, shadow banks 15 typically are not. 16 In order to serve a similar function as 17 conventional banks, shadow banks needed to create an asset 18 that was perceived by the public as just as good as a bank 19 deposit. 20 insensitive asset. 21 This in turn meant creating a informationally The shadow banking system effectively did that. 22 But, unlike the conventional banking system, the shadow 23 banking system was and is inherently vulnerable to runs if 24 their liabilities suddenly become informationally sensitive. 25 CHAIRMAN ANGELIDES: How much time do you need to 223 1 wrap up? 2 WITNESS McCULLEY: 3 CHAIRMAN ANGELIDES: 4 One minute, sir? Okay. I will grant one minute, yes. 5 WITNESS McCULLEY: Indeed, a run on the shadow 6 banking system was, as was discussed throughout these 7 hearings, one of the defining characteristics of the most 8 recent financial crisis. 9 Short-dated liability holders of the shadow banks 10 discovered that actually the assets they were holding were 11 not just as good as deposits, but were informationally 12 sensitive. 13 And when they became informationally sensitive, 14 you had a run. 15 actions by government, and governments around the world were 16 required to stop it, as Secretary Geithner explained. 17 Call it the Great Run. Let me conclude. Extraordinary There are many lessons to be 18 learned from the crisis. 19 the shadow banking system is indeed a banking system engaged 20 in the same type of activity as banks. 21 For me, the most important is that Thus, I believe that the key guidepost for reform 22 of our financial structure is simple. 23 does, not what it is called, should determine how it is 24 regulated. 25 What an institution I look forward to your questions, and I thank 224 1 you. 2 3 CHAIRMAN ANGELIDES: Thank you, Mr. McCulley. Mr. Neal? 4 WITNESS NEAL: 5 Chairman Angelides, Vice Chairman Thomas, and 6 Thank you. Members of the Commission: 7 I appreciate the opportunity to appear before you 8 here today. 9 CEO of G.E. Capital and a Vice Chairman of General Electric 10 My name is Mike Neal. I am the Chairman and Company. 11 We at G.E. and G.E. Capital hope that our 12 participation on this panel today is helpful as you pursue 13 your important mission of analyzing the causes of the 14 financial crisis. 15 I grew up in Georgia. I graduated from Georgia 16 Tech and started with G.E. 31 years ago. 17 out on the industrial side of the company. 18 financial services back in the mid-1980s, and I've had a 19 series of operating roles since that time. 20 President and Chief Operating Officer of G.E. Capital back 21 in the 1990s. 22 in the early 2000s, and then the CEO of G.E. Capital a few 23 years ago. 24 25 I actually started I moved into I became I became the CEO of G.E. Commercial Finance I am proud to lead a company that has focused on lending to Main Street businesses and consumers. Our 225 1 lending supports more than 170,000 small businesses in their 2 daily operations. 3 Our business relationships include household 4 names like Lowe's, GAP, EBay, JC Penny's, Rooms To Go, and 5 Wal-Mart. 6 commercial lending, equipment lending, leasing, middle- 7 market corporate finance, aircraft financing, health care 8 financing, franchise financing, fleet leasing, dealer 9 financing, energy financing. G.E. Capital is a market leader in mid-market If you flew in here today on 10 U.S. Air, you probably flew in on one of our aircraft. 11 We concentrate on extending straightforward 12 commercial loans and capital to largely middle-market 13 customers. 14 We match-fund our debt, a policy that allows us to manage 15 risk associated with the funding for specific assets. 16 We underwrite these loans to hold, not to sell. Our leverage is quite low. We did not and do not 17 originate CDOs or SIVs. 18 default insurance. 19 And what we do use with derivatives, what some people might 20 call the old-fashioned way, we hedge responsibly against 21 interest rate, exchange rate, and other fluctuations in our 22 liabilities. 23 24 25 We did not and do not sell credit We did not and do not trade derivatives. Our business is focused on Main Street. And when small business and their customers succeed, so do we. The turmoil in the markets over the past two-and- 226 1 a-half years has been unlike anything I have ever 2 experienced during my 30 years at G.E. 3 lost their savings, their jobs, their homes, and confidence 4 in our financial system and its institutions has been 5 shaken. 6 Many Americans have We think it is good for policymakers to think 7 about regulatory reforms. 8 of the past two-and-a-half years, we have continued to lend 9 to Main Street throughout this period. 10 Yet, even with the market turmoil We will continue to do so. 11 We extended $96 billion of new credit in the 12 fourth quarter of 2008. 13 maintained our focus on lending to Main Street, while 14 strengthening 15 balance sheet. 16 As the crisis unfolded, we our credit risk management and shrinking our G.E. Capital was able to meet its short and long 17 term funding needs throughout the financial crisis. 18 raised more than $15 billion of capital through an equity 19 offering, and managed through the challenges of the past 20 three years without seeking extraordinary assistance through 21 the Federal Government's TARP Capital Purchase Program. 22 G.E. Of course G.E. Capital did participate in CPFF 23 and TLGP Programs, which were very important and meaningful 24 for us. 25 programs in just a minute. My colleague, Mike Barber, will speak to those 227 1 G.E. is, first and foremost, an industrial 2 company. G.E. Capital's focus on middle-market commercial 3 lending is consistent with our parent's company focus. 4 will continue to maintain a straightforward and focused 5 portfolio and emphasize risk management, capital allocation, 6 and cost. 7 We Before, during, and after the crisis, G.E. 8 Capital has avoided riskier structured finance businesses, 9 reduced balance sheet and risk, and strengthened capital 10 ratios, while enhancing its liquidity. 11 These actions have made us a much stronger 12 company. We have fully appreciated that our middle-market 13 customers are critical to turning around the economy and 14 stand ready to continue working with them in the years 15 ahead. 16 I hope you will find Mark Barber's discussion of 17 our commercial operations helpful, and I welcome your 18 questions. 19 20 CHAIRMAN ANGELIDES: Mr. Barber? 21 22 Thank you, Mr. Neal. WITNESS BARBER: Chairman Angelides, Vice Chairman Thomas, and Members of the Commission: 23 Thank you for the opportunity to appear here 24 today. My name is Mark Barber, and I am Deputy Treasurer of 25 General Electric Company, and G.E. Capital, with 228 1 responsibility for short-term funding and investment. 2 I joined G.E. Capital in 1989 as Assistant 3 Treasurer for Short-Term Funding, after 10 years with Ford 4 Motor Company's Financial Services Unit. 5 than 20 years at G.E., my work has related to the company's 6 short-term funding and investment activities. And during my more 7 I manage G.E. Capital's commercial paper program. 8 It is one of the company's overall funding and liquidity--it 9 is part of the company's overall funding and liquidity 10 operation. 11 I will provide a brief overview of G.E. Capital's 12 commercial paper funding program and government programs 13 established during the financial crisis. 14 Unlike many of the structured financial products 15 that have come under scrutiny in the wake of the crisis, 16 unsecured commercial paper is not a new or complicated 17 product. 18 1952. 19 paper to meet its liquidity and funding needs. 20 market that is long known for its depth, efficient pricing, 21 informed investors, and transparency. 22 G.E. Capital has issued commercial paper since Today, G.E. Capital continues to issue commercial This is a G.E. Capital, unlike most other commercial paper 23 issuers, prices and sells commercial paper directly to 24 investors without going through dealers. 25 day how much cash we want to raise based on a number of We determine each 229 1 factors, including the amount of the company's maturing 2 commercial paper, and its current and projected liquidity 3 profile. 4 We set pricing daily based on our borrowing needs 5 and market factors, and then present to potential investors 6 our pricing scale for newly issued commercial paper. 7 Our primary commercial paper purchasers are 8 institutional investors, including investment managers, 9 money market mutual funds, state and local governments, 10 11 corporations, and a variety of other institutions. G.E. Capital maintains strong relationships with 12 commercial paper investors, many of which have been 13 purchasing commercial paper directly from us for years. 14 As the credit markets began to experience stress 15 in 2007, G.E. monitored changing market conditions to ensure 16 stable and prudent short-term funding. 17 periodically reviewed its key drivers of liquidity, debt 18 issuance and maturities, backup credit lines, asset 19 origination and income, access to securitization and 20 syndication platforms, and other liquidity sources. 21 To this end, G.E. In 2008, many financial institutions faced a 22 stagnating debt market, a weakening secondary market, and 23 growing investor concerns over safety and security. 24 25 The bankruptcy filing of Lehman Brothers on September 15th placed significant pressure on money market 230 1 funds, a number of which held Lehman-issued commercial 2 paper. 3 In particular, the reserve primary fund was 4 forced to write down $785 million in holdings of Lehman- 5 issued commercial paper, and subsequently announced that it 6 had, quote/unquote, "broken the buck" on September 16th. 7 The fund experienced massive demands for investor 8 liquidations that it could not fully honor. Investors began 9 to question the vulnerability of other prime funds, and as a 10 result began a more widespread withdrawal from prime 11 institutional money market funds. 12 In October of 2008, the government took steps to 13 restore investor confidence in the short-term funding 14 market. 15 Reserve's Commercial Paper Funding Facility, or the CPFF, 16 and the FDIC's Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program, or 17 TLGP. 18 These steps included the creation of the Federal G.E. Capital participated in both the CPFF and 19 the TLGP. 20 business through this crisis. 21 secure and, with the support of our investors, continued to 22 fund our operations every day, despite volatile and stressed 23 markets. 24 25 G.E. is proud of the way we've managed our We kept the company safe and We also respect the important role federal officials played to reassure investors and navigate the 231 1 market uncertainty. 2 maintain its conservative business model. 3 to experience anything like the events of the Fall of 2008 4 again. 5 Going forward, G.E. Capital will We all hope never Our continued aim is to maintain and improve 6 shareholder value through smart, safe, and secure lending 7 and funding practices. 8 I hope my testimony today has been useful to the 9 Commission, and I look forward to answering your questions. 10 Thank you. 11 12 CHAIRMAN ANGELIDES: Barber. Mr. Meier? Thank you very much, Mr. MAI-ER or MAY-ER? 13 WITNESS MEIER: 14 CHAIRMAN ANGELIDES: 15 WITNESS MEIER: 16 Chairman Angelides, Vice Chairman Thomas, and 17 It's "My-er" actually. Mr. Meier. Thank you. Members of the Commission: 18 Thank you for the opportunity to appear before 19 you today. 20 Investment Officer for Global Cash Management at 21 Street Global Advisors, which is the investment management 22 arm of State Street Corporation. 23 My name is Steven Meier. I am the Chief State I have more than 26 years experience in financial 24 services, with a focus on traditional money markets, fixed 25 income, global cash, and financing. 232 1 The events of 2007 and 2008 were unprecedented, 2 and their consequences were devastating. 3 saw the values of their homes and savings decline, business 4 fail, and our economy entered into a severe recession. 5 Millions of people On behalf of State Street, I would like to 6 express our gratitude to the American people and our leaders 7 for their resolve and determination throughout this 8 difficult period in our Nation's history. 9 Although many are still suffering, the commitment 10 of America's people and institutions has put us on a path to 11 recovery. 12 My understanding is that the Commission is 13 primarily interested in three short-term lending activities: 14 repurchase agreements, commercial paper, and securities 15 lending. 16 these topics as appropriate. 17 I would be happy to answer questions on each of It is important with respect to all these 18 instruments that institutions properly assess and manage 19 risk. 20 credit team tasked with evaluating counterparty and issuer 21 risk. 22 At State Street Global Advisors we have a dedicated This group considers a range of factors in 23 assessing potential client counterparties, and thoroughly 24 investigates the quality of the underlying collateral. 25 In the commercial paper market, particular 233 1 emphasis is placed on vetting issuers and examining the 2 liquidity support providers. 3 This rigorous credit analysis helps protect our 4 clients and allowed State Street Global Advisors to focus on 5 solid investments during difficult market conditions. 6 None of the money market funds advised by State 7 Street Global Advisors risked breaking the buck, and the 8 other cash products underlying our securities lending 9 program have not experienced material credit losses. 10 The credit and asset-backed markets, however, 11 have experienced extreme illiquidity and credit spread 12 widening, and the market price for those products have not 13 always reflected the quality of the underlying assets. 14 Neither State Street nor our cash funds had 15 material exposure to Bear Stearns immediately prior to its 16 sale, and while some of our clients did have collateralized 17 securities lending and repurchase agreement exposure to 18 Lehman Brothers and its affiliates, our clients did not 19 incur any investment losses as a result of such exposure. 20 I have thought long and hard about the lessons 21 learned from the financial crisis. 22 highlight three points in particular. 23 I would like to First, credit quality alone may not be sufficient 24 to protect against price degradation when there is limited 25 market liquidity. 234 1 Second, the secondary market liquidity mechanism 2 has proven less reliable in a severely distressed market, 3 which has implications for portfolio construction. 4 And third, I believe the industry has 5 increasingly recognized the need for substantial additional 6 committed resources and infrastructure to manage money 7 market assets. 8 9 Let me also say that I do not believe the blame for this crisis can be attributed to any single event, 10 entity, product, or decision. 11 crisis flowed from a confluence of factors, many of which 12 the Commission is investigating. 13 In my view, the financial In particular, I would point to excessive 14 leverage and inadequate capital requirements which 15 ultimately contributed to a lack of liquidity and frozen 16 credit markets. 17 Thank you again for the opportunity to be here 18 today. I will be pleased to answer any of the Commission's 19 questions. 20 21 22 CHAIRMAN ANGELIDES: Thank you very much, gentlemen. So we will now start our questioning. Let me 23 just start with a very few before we go to the Vice Chair, 24 and let me start with you, Mr. McCulley. 25 I was struck by something in your testimony, both 235 1 written and verbal, about the vulnerability to the system 2 still today. 3 because you really end on the note that institutions ought 4 to be treated and regulated for what they do, not how 5 they're legally defined. 6 Let me ask you just the fundamental question, And so does that argue for more sweeping deposit 7 insurance? 8 mitigated historically, or today, the possibility of a run? 9 Or how do you really, truly--how could you have WITNESS McCULLEY: As Secretary Geithner was 10 testifying earlier, there were large nonbank levered 11 institutions that were systemically important but weren't 12 regulated at the consolidated level with respect to capital, 13 or liquidity buffers, or activities that they could engage 14 in. 15 They escaped, if you will, the regulatory 16 umbrella of the conventional banking system. 17 crisis, the run, originated in the shadow banking system and 18 moved over into the conventional banking system. 19 And the And as the case with Lehman's failure, we could 20 not have a orderly bankruptcy because we did not have a 21 resolution authority to unwind that firm in a orderly way. 22 And we found out that a disorderly bankruptcy created huge 23 collateral damage, not just for the financial system, but 24 for the real economy. 25 And, quite frankly, we still don't have such a 236 1 resolution authority. 2 respect to your question is that we need the ability in our 3 country to have orderly failure, because disorderly failure 4 of a systemically important institution is simply too 5 painful for our economy. 6 So my most important message with CHAIRMAN ANGELIDES: Would the presence of a 7 resolution authority in and of itself have mitigated the 8 possibilities of runs on Bear and on Lehman and on other 9 nonbank institutions? 10 WITNESS McCULLEY: By itself I don't think that 11 resolution authority is the solution. 12 whole mosaic of regulatory arrangements to make our system 13 less vulnerable to runs. 14 I think we need a And I would point out that runs happen on 15 institutions, and then spread throughout the system, because 16 you have important institutions that have inadequate 17 capital, and perhaps dodgy assets, and when that is 18 recognized by the investment public they naturally withdraw. 19 So actually having bigger buffers of capital in 20 Systemically important institutions, regardless of what their legal 21 structure is, I think is an important safeguard. 22 not initiate a run on a bank that is sound. 23 People do Now after you get a run, you can see a cascading 24 effect. But the original run involves fundamental problems 25 with an institution. 237 1 CHAIRMAN ANGELIDES: All right. In March of 2 2008, in one of Mr. Thomas's and my home state papers, 3 actually the hometown paper of Ms. Born, the San Francisco 4 Chronicle, you said, quote, "People had levered half the 5 distance to the moon in dodgy assets." 6 So I guess this is a way of saying you thought 7 they were over-levered and in very risky assets. 8 ask you a question. 9 repo lenders, at what point did that become relevant to repo 10 But let me At what point was there knowledge by lenders? 11 Take me through late 2007-2008 and the 12 recognition by repo lenders, other short-term lenders, as to 13 this fundamental problem. 14 that time? 15 Why wasn't that evident before WITNESS McCULLEY: I think it was evident. And 16 it became quite evident in the summer of 2007 when you saw 17 the funding for the shadow banking system become more dear 18 and less available. 19 backed commercial paper market before it was demonstrated in 20 the repo market. And actually it was in the asset- 21 And if you had to pick a day when I think the 22 recognition really hit, was August 9th of 2007 when Bank 23 Paribas froze redemption in three of its off-balance sheet 24 vehicles. 25 the short-term funding markets that the assets that they And that was the ringing of the bell I think to 238 1 were owning, whether it's asset-backed commercial paper or 2 repo, had become informationally sensitive. 3 comes informationally sensitive, you will have a pulling 4 back. 5 And when it So actually for us involved in the market, and I 6 think for the market at large, you really have to go back to 7 the summer of 2007. 8 9 CHAIRMAN ANGELIDES: But it was event driven, but up until that time you relied on--the information you relied 10 on was, what, credit ratings, an assumption that the 11 collateral was sufficient, that there weren't underlying 12 problems in the collateral itself? 13 WITNESS McCULLEY: 14 CHAIRMAN ANGELIDES: 15 Really, kind of going to your, the lender's level of due diligence? 16 17 I think as a general-- WITNESS McCULLEY: I think that's a very important point. 18 CHAIRMAN ANGELIDES: Because actually, let me 19 just add something else you said because I think it's 20 important. 21 the bubble were driven by mortgage originators: 22 originate to distribute outfits who were turning 23 underwriting standards into a very, very sad joke. 24 the marginal source of finance for the marginal buyer- 25 speculator. You actually spoke about how the later stages of They That was 239 1 You then go on to say: Getting a handle on this 2 phenomenon, which clearly the Fed did not, required more 3 than macro data. 4 shoe leather research. 5 It required good, old-fashioned So I would ask, of the funders as they saw what 6 was entering the system, the collateral that was backing the 7 asset-backed commercial paper, the nature of the assets in 8 the institutions who were doing the loan, kind of what level 9 of due diligence, what level of recognition did you have 10 before August 9, 2007? 11 WITNESS McCULLEY: Clearly the industry at large 12 was not doing adequate due diligence, and was outsourcing 13 it, if you will, way too much to the rating agencies, and 14 also to the conventions of the tri-party repo system where 15 your lesser quality assets were repoed. 16 From the standpoint of what we were doing at 17 PIMCO, and this was long before 2007, we have never used 18 asset-backed commercial paper in our routine liquidity 19 management. 20 21 We simply haven't used the product. We were unique I think in the industry of not using asset-backed commercial paper-- 22 CHAIRMAN ANGELIDES: 23 couldn't understand it? 24 behind it? 25 Because you felt you You didn't really know what was WITNESS McCULLEY: The key reason is that asset- 240 1 backed commercial paper was issued by off--in the main, by 2 off-balance sheet vehicles, conduits, and SIVs. 3 couldn't do the due diligence on what the SIV was holding on 4 the asset side, then I did not want on behalf of our clients 5 to own the liabilities. 6 And if I I did not want to own the liability of what I did 7 not know on the other side, so we didn't. 8 that we at PIMCO were not participants in the tri-party repo 9 market where the lesser quality assets were funded by the 10 11 I would also note shadow banking system. We were engaged in the bilateral repo market on 12 Treasury and agency collateral. So when I look back at how 13 we ran our business for our clients, we simply were not 14 involved in those two arenas. 15 CHAIRMAN ANGELIDES: 16 Mr. Neal, just as a follow up, did you hear the 17 All right. prior session with Mr. Geithner at all? 18 WITNESS NEAL: Just small pieces of it. 19 VICE CHAIRMAN THOMAS: 20 CHAIRMAN ANGELIDES: 21 WITNESS NEAL: 22 CHAIRMAN ANGELIDES: Microphone on. Yes, microphone. Sorry. Well I had asked him, and 23 you might shed light on this, I had asked him--because one 24 of the things I know that our staff talked to the G.E. folks 25 about is your continued ability to issue commercial paper 241 1 even during the depths and the difficulty of the crisis, and 2 apparently we've received information that shows you 3 continued to do it all the way through as, I believe, with 4 fairly consistent spreads below LIBOR. 5 Director, who did not knowledge me-- 6 (Laughter.) 7 CHAIRMAN ANGELIDES: 8 9 10 I was looking at our But is that an accurate statement? STAFF DIRECTOR: Yes. CHAIRMAN ANGELIDES: Yes. Even though she didn't 11 acknowledge me, she did hear me. 12 couple of things. 13 some critical days: 14 that's in the wake of the official announcement by AIG that 15 it had signed a definitive agreement to obtain an $85 16 billion line of credit. It's over the weekend when Goldman 17 and Morgan Stanley become bank holding companies. 18 But I was curious about a I asked Mr. Geithner about, you know, September 29th, September 30th, when On Monday, September 29th, the Dow dropped 777 19 points after the House of Representatives voted down the 20 financial bailout bill. 21 So this is a pretty critical time. And what I 22 was trying to get a handle on is, in those conversations, or 23 other conversations, was G.E. expressing a deep concern 24 about your ability to continue to issue commercial paper? 25 So that was one set of questions. Mr. Neal? Mr. 242 1 Barber? Either one of you? 2 WITNESS NEAL: I'll start with that, if that's 3 okay. In the early days--well, early days, late summer--you 4 know, we actually benefitted I think from a flight to 5 quality in some cases in our CP program. 6 Now we're not naive to what was going on in the 7 market, particularly as you moved more into September, but 8 we were able to sell our quota every day, what we were 9 trying to raise. 10 I think you've seen the data on that. The markets were choppy. We were concerned about 11 the markets and the direction of the markets and where they 12 might ultimately end up. 13 doing okay. 14 But having said that, we were I would say it got more difficult after the 15 reserve fund, after Lehman. 16 issuing, and issuing successfully, through that period. 17 Having said that, we were still I think a lot is to the strength of G.E., a AAA- 18 rated player, at least at that time. 19 the first quarter, but I would answer your question that 20 way. 21 CHAIRMAN ANGELIDES: We were downgraded in Yes, but to get to the 22 extent of the crisis, did G.E., Mr. Immelt, yourself, other 23 representatives, urge for example the Federal Reserve to 24 initiate the CPFF program and other support programs because 25 you were concerned about the ability to continue to issue? 243 1 WITNESS NEAL: We had a number of people--and 2 Mark might be better to talk to that than me--that were in 3 contact with different members of government. 4 conversation with Mr. Geithner, or Secretary Paulson, about 5 something like that. 6 7 8 9 WITNESS BARBER: I never had a Mr. Chairman, just to echo Mr. Neal's comments, in the period up to Lehman Brothers we were funding normally in the markets and benefitting from, through in fact the asset-backed commercial paper challenges 10 that Mr. McCulley has described, a bit of a flight to 11 quality, as investors pulled back from some of those 12 structures and came to recognize names like G.E. 13 And after Lehman Brothers and the Reserve Fund, 14 it is true that we had regular dialogue with the Federal 15 Reserve Bank of New York, their team there, that had I think 16 a meaningful outreach process to many members of the market, 17 many issuers and investors on both sides. 18 find out what was going on and how the markets were 19 performing. 20 them as we went through that crisis. 21 dialogue. 22 Their job was to And we of course shared our experience with So there was regular And through there, they were aware of the 23 withdrawal of liquidity from some of the funds and the 24 challenges it would have created across the whole market. 25 And we simply shared with them our experience in issuing 244 1 every day. 2 CHAIRMAN ANGELIDES: One more question on this 3 line, and then I want to stop and move on. You were pretty 4 big participants in both the TLGB program, which was the 5 FDIC backstop long term debt. 6 at one point about eighty? 7 $80 billion? I think you borrowed I think Does that sound about right? 8 WITNESS BARBER: Yes. 9 CHAIRMAN ANGELIDES: I think you've paid it down, 10 though. 11 billion has been repaid. 12 CPFF program, even though I believe you are no longer in 13 that program? 14 You still have about $59 billion outstanding. $21 You were a big participant in the Is that accurate, or not? WITNESS BARBER: That is correct, sir. The 15 program is shut down, and you may know that the program took 16 in three-month commercial paper, issued into it, and 17 whatever we put into the program we paid down on our first 18 roll, as the market began to heal and to improve. 19 CHAIRMAN ANGELIDES: So I guess my only question 20 is: Did you participate in those programs because you 21 needed to, or because they offered favorable pricing that 22 allowed you to be competitive with others in the market? 23 WITNESS BARBER: Sure. I'm glad you asked the 24 question. What I would say to you is that in the period 25 after the reserve fund, G.E. Capital honored requests for 245 1 liquidity from many of our investors who needed to move to 2 cash. 3 And in the two or three week period following 4 that, those requests were significant and we did our best to 5 provide that liquidity to the market. 6 basis for our communication to our investors, and publicly, 7 when we announced that we were going to apply for the CPFF, 8 that we would use this as a process to provide liquidity. 9 10 CHAIRMAN ANGELIDES: In fact, that was the To meet your own liquidity needs, which were a function of-- 11 WITNESS BARBER: --investors liquidity, very much 12 like what the asset-backed commercial paper program was 13 doing for the Fed. 14 helpful to investors in providing liquidity to them, and it 15 was very useful that way. 16 So funding ourselves through, and But after the first issuance into it, we matured 17 out everything and ended in probably February I think it 18 was. 19 20 21 CHAIRMAN ANGELIDES: much. All right. Thank you, very Mr. Thomas? VICE CHAIRMAN THOMAS: I am interested in a 22 couple of different directions, and I am pleased to have you 23 in front of us. 24 25 One, because although it's partially useful, pathology isn't all that much fun in talking to folks that 246 1 used to be there. 2 you're still here. 3 4 5 You have come out the other end and So you might have a slightly different look at tomorrow than you had yesterday, based upon having survived. I am trying to understand--let me ask it this 6 way, and I am really just asking any of you who want to 7 respond, to respond. 8 9 You're sitting at the table. You are in some kind of a general category like shadow banking, or non- 10 traditional banking, however you want to phrase it. 11 folks look at each other as competitors? 12 business relationship that you feel toward each other? 13 that make sense? 14 involvement that none of you are in direct competition? 15 you seek out a niche that doesn't put you in direct 16 competition with others, not withstanding the fact you're 17 supplying a service and you're using a similar financing 18 mechanism which isn't in the traditional system? 19 Do you What's the Does Are you in such discrete areas of WITNESS MEIER: Do Mr. Vice Chairman, if I can 20 address that, I would say that we are also a fiduciary and 21 an investment manager. 22 in that respect, we are a competitor of PIMCO. 23 We don't take proprietary risks. We also have significant business dealings with 24 PIMCO at the State Street Corporation level, as providing 25 clearing and custody operations for them. So 247 1 I should also mention that we are a significant-- 2 3 4 VICE CHAIRMAN THOMAS: Are you trying to put them out of business by being better at what you do? 5 WITNESS MEIER: They're very good at what they 6 do, but I think we're very formidable as well. 7 it's more of a friendly competitive rivalry. So I think 8 In terms of our relationship with G.E. and G.E. 9 Capital Corp. in particular, we are a significant investor 10 of their assets, both commercial paper and medium-term 11 notes. 12 VICE CHAIRMAN THOMAS: One of the things that 13 amazes me is that this particular niche isn't a niche 14 anymore. 15 side in volume, living off of finding your daily bread every 16 day, versus the more traditional model. 17 And that you grew to equal the commercial banking I'm trying to determine whether you feel in the 18 way in which you get your assets a certain camaraderie, 19 commonness of function, that you now look at the person next 20 to you slightly differently than you did a couple of years 21 ago in terms of whether or not you can sustain the model 22 that you have, what you've been through? 23 I really do--and I'll make it specific to you, 24 Mr. McCulley--I really do believe there can be runs on banks 25 that are sound. Because it would be based on inaccuracies, 248 1 rumors that have no truth to them, but that doesn't mean 2 that you can't produce a run. 3 reasons they created that backstop of FDIC and the rest to 4 give a comfort level, and obviously that isn't available to 5 you. 6 7 Do you believe that you can do a better job on the margins on return on capital than the commercial banks? 8 9 And that was one of the WITNESS McCULLEY: First and foremost, PIMCO is not a shadow bank. 10 VICE CHAIRMAN THOMAS: 11 WITNESS McCULLEY: 12 No, I understand. PIMCO is an investment manager. 13 VICE CHAIRMAN THOMAS: None of you are the "bank" 14 part of the "shadow banking." 15 the specificity of the definition. 16 group of people who stay alive in a particular type of 17 market. 18 WITNESS McCULLEY: And I don't want to dwell on I'm trying to take a I think all of us as 19 participants in the money markets have deeper appreciation 20 than we had a few years ago at just how vulnerable the 21 system can be to a loss of confidence. 22 And I think collectively in our industry that we 23 recognize the need for levered institutions that don't have 24 access to our lender of last resort, or deposit insurance, 25 to have robust capital buffers, as well as liquidity buffers 249 1 such as backup lines of credit with conventional banks. 2 From the standpoint-- 3 VICE CHAIRMAN THOMAS: 4 dodgy assets. 5 WITNESS McCULLEY: 6 VICE CHAIRMAN THOMAS: 7 10 Well, and-So would you define for me how you avoid dodgy assets? 8 9 And we also don't want any WITNESS McCULLEY: First and foremost is, as an investment manager you do your homework. You have a fiduciary duty to your clients to invest in quality assets. 11 VICE CHAIRMAN THOMAS: 12 WITNESS McCULLEY: So I have nothing but AAA. No, that's not necessarily the 13 case. 14 research to the rating agencies, but actually doing it 15 yourself. 16 industries, and actually, if I might, I will tell you 17 something that we did at PIMCO back in 2005 and 2006. 18 Doing your homework is not outsourcing your credit It's due diligence on companies, due diligence on We started in '05 when we believed that there 19 were serious signs of bubbles in the property market. We 20 sent out credit analyst to 20 different cities to do some 21 old-fashioned shoe leather research. 22 around the country, getting on the ground, speaking with 23 real estate brokers, mortgage brokers, and players in the 24 real estate market in each local area in order to determine 25 just what was going on in the markets, including this Literally, 20 cities 250 1 degradation, the outright degradation of underwriting 2 standards. 3 So we literally got on the ground and observed 4 it. And when our group came back, they reported what they 5 saw and we adjusted our risk accordingly. 6 7 VICE CHAIRMAN THOMAS: mortgage-- 8 9 So you got out of the WITNESS McCULLEY: We severely limited our participation in the private-label mortgage securitization. 10 VICE CHAIRMAN THOMAS: Well especially if you're 11 in Orange County and you could observe not only your 12 neighbors but yourself in terms of what happened in the real 13 estate market. 14 In terms of G.E.'s role, size, perspective, did 15 you ever think what happened could happen? 16 was always a possibility, wasn't there, that what you 17 thought were assets that you had to rely on for your daily 18 bread in turning them over that somebody might just say no? 19 And of course if they never had, you don't anticipate that, 20 right? 21 WITNESS NEAL: I mean, there I think, you know, from my 22 perspective I never anticipated that things could be as bad- 23 -it hadn't happened in my lifetime--as we saw in the Fall 24 and Winter of 2008, principally from a funding standpoint. 25 Our assets have actually held up pretty well 251 1 through the recession. 2 G.E. Capital is different than State Street and PIMCO. 3 we do is we have 8000 sales people that call on CFOs, and we 4 originate, we finance, we lease, it's what we do. 5 Just under--just to make a point, What People like PIMCO and State Street support us by, 6 you know, working with us on the debt side. 7 VICE CHAIRMAN THOMAS: And you have a foot 8 through the door because of the first two letters of your 9 name. 10 WITNESS NEAL: We are highly rated. And we are 11 highly profitable. We have run what we think is a pretty 12 wonderful business for a long period of time, and so we are 13 attractive. 14 I think, as I mentioned earlier, there was a 15 flight to quality, at least for awhile, with us through 16 that. 17 18 19 20 But the-VICE CHAIRMAN THOMAS: So you had no worries at all during this period? WITNESS NEAL: Oh, tons of worries. Every, you know, our customers-- 21 VICE CHAIRMAN THOMAS: 22 WITNESS NEAL: What was number one? Just where were things going. 23 know, for me, I start with Bear, go through the GSEs, Ed, 24 Lehman, watch the buck doesn't get broken. 25 happened twice, very often. It's only The investment banks become You 252 1 bank holding companies. 2 3 WaMu, the run on Wachovia. VICE CHAIRMAN THOMAS: You used to know what quality was and you couldn't quite define it anymore? 4 WITNESS NEAL: It was just a remarkable time, 5 from that standpoint. 6 everything, just like I'm sure all of you did during that 7 period of time. And, you know, what's the ultimate impact 8 on the economy? What's the ultimate impact on our business? 9 So you wonder. You worry about So we became I think both prudent and 10 conservative as we worked to manage our way through that 11 successfully. 12 we were successful as we went through that in funding 13 ourselves. 14 But we were concerned. VICE CHAIRMAN THOMAS: I was concerned. But Do you still think there's 15 a clear separation between the two financial structures? 16 mean, as people talked about moving toward the Gramm-Leach- 17 Bliley removal of Glass-Steagall, that commercial banks were 18 moving more in the direction of your profile, it sounds to 19 me like you want to move more in the direction of some kind 20 of a support window that would allow you in difficult times, 21 if you followed certain rules. 22 side, from your perspective, that either advantages you or 23 disadvantages you in terms of your current business model? 24 25 WITNESS NEAL: I What comes out the other I would say that what we do, commercial banks typically don't do a lot of. We just have 253 1 a different business model. 2 and smaller businesses. 3 lender, in many ways. 4 We tend to be in middle market, We finance--we're a collateral When you think of commercial banks and Glass- 5 Steagall, that was more of a move into investment banking, 6 trading, proprietary trading. 7 don't do. 8 9 These are things that we I think the way to think about G.E. Capital is just as an old-fashioned finance company. We happen to be a 10 big one. 11 global at it, and the business has been a strong contributor 12 to G.E.'s profits for quite a long period of time. 13 And we happen to be pretty successful. But that's the niche that we're in. We're We've become 14 what we think are experts on collateral classes, on customer 15 groups; whether that's franchise financing. 16 through D.C., a lot of the franchises you see, we may be the 17 finance company in that; aircraft, we're the biggest in 18 that; trucking. 19 of. 20 21 If you drove It's just things that banks don't do a lot VICE CHAIRMAN THOMAS: Yes, diesel engines on railroads, and that sort of thing? 22 WITNESS NEAL: That sort of thing, yes. 23 VICE CHAIRMAN THOMAS: Mr. Meier, looking at what 24 the legislation is and where it looks like it's going, what 25 do you see that you'll have to change in terms of your 254 1 2 business model? WITNESS MEIER: In terms of our business model 3 I'm concerned about the impact of legislation on the 4 availability of credit to consumers. 5 about the impact on our growth potential as a Nation, in 6 terms of slowing down that ability to lend. Also I'm concerned 7 I think when you look at our business-- 8 VICE CHAIRMAN THOMAS: 9 10 11 Well, but if you saw what happened when we didn't slow down the lending, that ought to at least temper you a little bit, shouldn't it? WITNESS MEIER: Perhaps, Mr. Vice Chairman, but-- 12 13 14 15 VICE CHAIRMAN THOMAS: It's tough to get out of the hole we're in. WITNESS MEIER: Yes. I think when you look at 16 our business and our assets and our management and the types 17 of assets we buy, potentially it may temper your view in 18 terms of the nature of the problem. 19 For example, as this point we've got about $575 20 billion in assets under our management at our peak, well 21 over $700 billion in cash. 22 those assets were invested in regulated banks. 23 At our peak, over 80 percent of We are a big buyer of time deposits, certificates 24 of deposit, commercial paper holdings; ninety percent plus 25 are dominated by bank holding company issuance. 255 1 Our repurchase agreement counterparties, now if 2 you include Goldman Sachs and Morgan Stanley, is 100 percent 3 financing for banks. 4 conduits that we purchase are typically issued by banks. 5 The asset-backed commercial paper We don't simply look at the assets, although we 6 do do due diligence. 7 we also look through to the liquidity support providers. 8 And we wouldn't buy any asset-backed commercial paper 9 conduit unless we're 100 percent sure that they are fully 10 We know the sponsors, the entity. But supported by a bank institution. 11 So the shadow banking system has got various 12 definitions, but from our perspective, Mr. Vice Chairman, we 13 agree that we prefer, given the risk tolerance of our 14 clients, to invest in highly regulated entities such as 15 banks. 16 VICE CHAIRMAN THOMAS: Thank you, Mr. Chairman, 17 my time is up and I want to hear from others, but I just 18 want to reference the discussion about where we are. 19 Today the Dow went down 998 and a half points earlier. 20 has recovered up to about -465. And that's the world we are 21 still in, obviously with worry about Greece. 22 Thank you, Mr. Chairman. 23 CHAIRMAN ANGELIDES: 24 25 Just before we go to Ms. Born, a very quick question for Mr. Neal and Mr. Barber. Just a quick reaction. You are in the old- It 256 1 fashioned finance business. You actually lend to businesses 2 that are creating products, employment. 3 reaction to--I assume you don't have on your books, you 4 don't carry as assets subprime CDOs, CDO-squared, other 5 structure products? 6 WITNESS NEAL: No. 7 CHAIRMAN ANGELIDES: Just any visceral No, we don't. Any judgment on their 8 utility to the financial system and larger economy, 9 synthetic CDOs, CDO-squared? 10 11 WITNESS NEAL: think, Mr. Chairman. 12 13 "Synthetic" is a bad word, I But, no, we don't do that. CHAIRMAN ANGELIDES: Synthetic is a bad word, or the devices are not particularly good? 14 WITNESS NEAL: I think, you know, I run a finance 15 company. We are just not in those businesses. I think 16 there certainly are products like that that I think weren't 17 understood well in some cases, maybe not rated well in some 18 cases. 19 We've been quite disciplined about that. But it's not a line of business that we're in. 20 We do a number of things, but in most cases it's 21 financing, leasing, lending, and middle to small--now we do 22 it in 50 countries around the world, but we stayed to that. 23 We don't have a broker-dealer. 24 originate to sell. 25 And that's a business that we've grown quite a bit over the We're not a--we don't We originate for our own balance sheet. 257 1 2 last 30 years, and it's attractive. Now we went through a tough cycle, as did 3 everybody else, in the last two years. But we are coming 4 out of it now. 5 better, at least in terms of our operations. 6 better about it. I would say the good news is things are So we do feel But I'm not an expert on those products. 7 CHAIRMAN ANGELIDES: Ms. Born. 8 COMMISSIONER BORN: 9 And thank you all for being willing to appear Thank you, very much. 10 before us and help us with our investigation. 11 first questions I want to direct to Mr. Neal and Mr. Barber 12 about G.E. Capital, which I do consider to be part of the 13 shadow banking system, although not part of the investment 14 banking system. 15 lend it the way banks do, but you're on a different model 16 than the investment banks. 17 commercial bank, although I understand you do have a thrift 18 subsidiary in your affiliates. 19 20 21 I think my Because I think you do borrow money, and You're not regulated as a I understand that you are the biggest, the world's biggest issuer of commercial paper? WITNESS BARBER: Is that right? We, worldwide, are the largest 22 issuer of commercial paper. 23 probably in the top five, but I don't believe we're the 24 largest issuer now. 25 In the United States we are But we are a large issuer, yes, ma'am. COMMISSIONER BORN: Well let me ask you about 258 1 what kind of problems were experienced in the commercial 2 paper market during 2008, for example, as first of all Bear 3 Stearns failed and was acquired by JPMorgan, and then later 4 in September we had Lehman Brothers and the GSEs and AIG get 5 into trouble. 6 I noticed, I'm sure there was a lot of turmoil in 7 the markets during that period of time. 8 you like to respond to that? 9 WITNESS BARBER: Sure. Mr. Barber, would Commissioner, you've 10 referenced an extended period of time. 11 when I think the marketplace, particularly asset-backed 12 commercial paper began to experience some challenges, as I 13 mentioned earlier we, as we have at different points, stress 14 in the money market in past years actually benefitted a 15 little bit as our investor base for G.E. and G.E. Capital 16 Paper, we had a little bit of a flight to quality back to 17 us; investors that may not have worked with us for awhile 18 came back. 19 The period of 2007 So we saw continued good demand. And I would 20 also quickly add that we're an issuer of commercial paper in 21 the U.S., and also in other markets around the world. 22 similar experience there. So 23 And one of the advantages that we had, which I 24 mentioned in my opening remarks, is that we deal directly 25 with end investors. So we don't work through an 259 1 intermediary. 2 managers and the credit teams, and the leadership teams at 3 organizations like State Street Global Advisors, and PIMCO, 4 and many others, really helps us better understand the 5 portfolio strategies and plans that they have. 6 The relationship we have with the portfolio They have their views on G.E. and G.E. Capital, 7 and it's our opportunity to express to them our company's 8 performance, our funding plans, our liquidity models. 9 that direct relationship is very important to us. So It's part 10 of our DNA, and it is one of the things that really helped 11 us through the entire period that you're talking about. 12 I think that in the period following--in the 13 commercial paper market--following the events that we've 14 talked about, Lehman, and Reserve, and so forth, you began 15 to see some conditions that we had never seen before. 16 And in the range of 45 percent of our funding 17 would have come at that point in time from the money market 18 fund industry, which tells you that we also had 55 percent 19 or so of our funding that came from sources different from 20 those. 21 So well diversified investor base. But when you 22 began to see withdrawals of liquidity from some of the 23 portfolios, their natural reaction would have been to 24 protect their cash, to hold cash, and therefore reduce 25 demand for longer dated paper. 260 1 One of the important metrics that we have around 2 G.E. Capital's program is that we keep what we think is a 3 fairly long and modest average remaining term on the 4 program. 5 in the longer maturity ranges. 6 and other invest-- 7 8 9 It means it's well extended. COMMISSIONER BORN: maturity ranges be? It's well placed out And the money market funds What would the longer What's your average range? WITNESS BARBER: You may know that commercial 10 paper can be issued, a 3A paper at least can be issued all 11 the way out to nine months. 12 COMMISSIONER BORN: 13 WITNESS BARBER: Right. And our average remaining term 14 at that period of time was somewhere in the 55 to 60 day 15 range, maybe a little bit more, which I think, I don't know 16 for sure, is generally on the longer end of how paper 17 programs are managed. 18 So we had what we thought was a long and 19 conservative goal in the reality with our program. 20 when we went into that period, we saw less demand for long- 21 term paper, but we still found many buyers. 22 not just money funds that we'd sell to. 23 And so Again, this was And as I mentioned also, we saw requests for 24 redemption of our paper early to meet liquidity demands, 25 which we did our best to honor. 261 1 So communication with our investors about their 2 plans and what they were seeing, opportunity to talk with 3 them about our own funding and liquidity plans and the 4 success we were having in marketing our own debt, and just 5 understanding where the liquidity pressures were coming. 6 All that helped us really navigate through the period. 7 It was very important, we thought, that some of 8 the actions that the government was taking to support 9 liquidity in not just our market but others, that those 10 steps were helpful in terms of bringing liquidity and 11 stability back to markets that had never seen anything like 12 this. 13 So I think the steps that they took--"they" 14 meaning the Fed and the CPFF, the asset-backed support 15 program which of course we weren't a part of but 16 accomplished pretty much the same thing, then ultimately the 17 TLGP were very, very useful. 18 19 20 COMMISSIONER BORN: And I suppose the support to the money market funds had an impact, as well? WITNESS BARBER: I forgot that. I think probably 21 my colleagues to the left and right can speak more to that 22 than I can, but I think you're correct. 23 COMMISSIONER BORN: Right. So since you weren't 24 in the asset-backed commercial paper market, you did not 25 feel that contraction that occurred in 2007 with respect to 262 1 that market? 2 WITNESS BARBER: We didn't feel that contraction 3 there. I would quickly add that we do have a small asset- 4 backed commercial paper program called Edison Asset 5 Securitization, which we're no longer originating assets in 6 there, so it's in a declining mode. 7 program. 8 9 It's a very small So we didn't see any pressure there. COMMISSIONER BORN: You did reduce I think your issuance of commercial paper by 2009, compared to 2007, for 10 example. 11 their accuracy, was you had about $106 billion of commercial 12 paper outstanding in 2007. 13 billion in 2009. 14 15 The statistics I have, and I'm not vouching for And it was down to about $50 Is that right? WITNESS BARBER: Your numbers are very close, yes. 16 COMMISSIONER BORN: So you brought it down during 17 that period by about half. 18 happened? 19 didn't have the need for that much funding because you were 20 contracting your operations? 21 And I wondered why that Was it because of market conditions? WITNESS BARBER: Because you Why was that? Sure. As a member of the 22 corporate treasury team supporting the assets that are 23 underwritten that Mike has described to you, we are always 24 evaluating conditions in the marketplace to know how we can 25 support those assets, the pricing of our debt, the strengths 263 1 of the market. 2 So in that evaluation, as we were going through 3 the September and October period, a decision was made that 4 it would be prudent for us to reduce our reliance on the 5 commercial paper market, and we did. 6 We communicated that to the marketplace. We took 7 action to produce the numbers along the lines that you're 8 speaking of. 9 our total debt is a little less than 10 percent, about 9.1 10 percent of total debt, which we think is very conservative 11 and well managed, manageable. 12 billion today, worldwide; 80 percent of it in the United 13 States, the other 20 percent in markets outside the U.S. 14 significantly less reliance on commercial paper. 15 And today, commercial paper as a percentage of COMMISSIONER BORN: And that number is about $46 I assume that you both feel 16 that you have survived this crisis rather better than, for 17 example, the big investment bank holding companies did, 18 which either had to become bank holding companies or were 19 acquired or went bankrupt. 20 What do you attribute that to, Mr. Neal? 21 WITNESS NEAL: 22 23 24 25 So Well I would say some of it is just our model. COMMISSIONER BORN: What aspects of your model have protected you from this turmoil? WITNESS NEAL: I would say we originate assets to 264 1 hold. We only originate assets to hold. 2 that is, if we did a transaction that was for 10 years, we 3 look at the risk in it as a 10-year risk. 4 And what I mean by Others, particularly in this period of time when 5 originate-to-sell or distribute became such a popular line 6 of business, your risk, the way you think about it is very 7 different. 8 And so the underwriting becomes: 9 hold it to maturity. 10 You may have it in your warehouse for 60 days. Can I sell it? Not will I And because of that, our portfolio, our losses, 11 which we're not immune to this cycle, but our losses have 12 performed well below the Fed cases. 13 itself is less impacted because of that. 14 And so the business I would say another thing is that we, again we 15 match-fund everything. 16 transaction in Australia and we can't raise Aussi dollar, we 17 might raise that here and then swap into that 18 five-year transaction and five-year money is not the right 19 way to raise capital that day, we may raise something else, 20 but we swap into that. 21 And when we borrow, if we have a We do not--we do everything we can to only take 22 credit risk in these transactions that we have. 23 that's a piece of it. 24 25 If we have a We were AAA. stable. So I think We were downgraded to AA, but Everybody--there's no one left. I mean, the whole 265 1 industry was in the first quarter of last year, but we were 2 able to get through this. 3 I think G.E. is an enormous source of strength 4 for us. 5 with these markets, we cut our dividend. 6 dividend from G.E. Capital back to G.E. 7 We brought it down to 10. 8 zero just to keep capital in the company. 9 When things got difficult, when we got concerned This is the It was 40 percent. We eventually brought it down to We adopted a program which we called "Safe and 10 Secure" at that moment in time. 11 equity into G.E. Capital--not the government, G.E. did that. 12 So a huge source of strength for our company in that regard. 13 G.E. raised equity and put We became very conservative at that period of 14 time. 15 40. 16 cash. 17 sheet. 18 we have 2-1/2 times coverage on the CP program. 19 expensive, but it is very safe, from that standpoint. 20 We took our commercial paper down. Today in the mid- It's less than 10 percent of our stack. We raised Today we have over $60 billion in cash on the balance We have $52 billion in backup bank lines. So today It's So when we saw what was coming--and of course the 21 company itself, the stock took a beating during this period 22 of time, although it's coming back nicely now; but we 23 adopted, we thought, the right strategy with our investors 24 to make the company very safe, and we have. 25 COMMISSIONER BORN: So part of it was a different 266 1 business model than the investment banks. 2 terms of both the kind of assets you had, the fact that you 3 were lending to hold and not to sell; your ability to call 4 on your parent and its rating for equity suffusions, or 5 other kinds of support. 6 For example, in I wanted to ask you about the thrift and the kind 7 of supervision that is being given by the Office of Thrift 8 Supervision, which I understand became G.E.'s consolidated 9 supervisor under the requirements, so that you would meet 10 the requirements of the EU which requires that in order to 11 do business in the EU any financial institution has to have 12 a consolidated supervision in its home country, or become 13 subject to EU regulation. 14 WITNESS NEAL: Um-hmm. 15 COMMISSIONER BORN: Does the Office of Thrift 16 Supervision 17 requirements on G.E. as a whole, the entire holding company? 18 Or is it just imposing those on the thrift? 19 between? 20 impose capital requirements, and liquidity Or something in Some of the affiliated companies and not others? WITNESS NEAL: To answer your question, the 21 Office of Thrift Supervision, you're very accurate in terms 22 of how--we had them as a result of the thrift, and then the 23 FSA gave them equivalency and they became our consolidated-- 24 our regulator at that time. 25 They live with us. They are in the building. 267 1 They have offices. 2 at risk. 3 out. 4 regularly. 5 in that regard. They talk to us on a regular basis. So we are regulated. 9 CHAIRMAN ANGELIDES: COMMISSIONER BORN: 12 CHAIRMAN ANGELIDES: 13 COMMISSIONER BORN: WITNESS NEAL: 16 COMMISSIONER BORN: 21 22 Maybe two minutes? Sure. Absolutely. So they regulate all of G.E. Um-hmm. But do they go up to the parent, G.E., or not? 18 20 Would you like additional Capital? 15 19 So they regulate all-- time? 11 17 Not the same as a bank holding company, but we are regulated by the OTS. COMMISSIONER BORN: 14 I meet with them My CFO meets with them sometimes twice quarterly 8 10 They do look And from a G.E. Capital perspective, they report 6 7 They do look at capital. WITNESS NEAL: They do, but most of their focus is on the-COMMISSIONER BORN: Financial operations, which are clearly in G.E. Capital. WITNESS NEAL: But you should also know, 23 Commissioner, that we are regulated all over the world. 24 are regulated--we own banks. 25 country we're in. We're regulated in every We 268 1 I read sometimes that we're not regulated. 2 are. 3 the Banque de France. 4 The first person I see when I travel to Japan is the Bank 5 Governor in Japan, because we're a large Japanese company, 6 as well. 7 was the only avenue available to us when that happened, and 8 they are with us, and they do regulate us. 9 10 We feel regulated in that regard. We We're regulated by We're regulated in Central Europe. But we do have the OTS. COMMISSIONER BORN: stationed at G.E. Capital? And quite frankly that How many people do they have How many examiners? 11 WITNESS NEAL: Eight to ten. 12 COMMISSIONER BORN: Before this program, the 13 Consolidated Supervisory Entity Program of OTS was adopted 14 for you, did you have any regulation other than direct 15 regulation of the thrift affiliate? 16 WITNESS NEAL: 17 18 19 We had that, and we had the Bank of New York. COMMISSIONER BORN: Bank of New York you mean? 20 WITNESS NEAL: 21 COMMISSIONER BORN: 22 You had the Federal Reserve New York State Bank. New York State Bank was your banking regulator, state banking regulator? 23 WITNESS NEAL: That's right. 24 COMMISSIONER BORN: 25 CHAIRMAN ANGELIDES: Thank you. Mr. Holtz-Eakin. 269 1 COMMISSIONER HOLTZ-EAKIN: Thank you, 2 Mr. Chairman, and thank you gentlemen for spending this time 3 with us. 4 Let me just pick up there on one last little 5 detail, which is sort of whether you view your supervision 6 by OTS in particular a stress test of the type that the Fed 7 would run under its Supervisory Capital Program, whether you 8 feel this is a comparable supervisory regime or not? 9 WITNESS NEAL: We think so. We spent a lot of 10 time in 2009 trying to--we stressed ourselves, and then had 11 an all-day investor meeting, 184 pages, on March 19th where 12 we took our whole business through our best--we had a lot of 13 help with this--the Fed stress cases. 14 with us. 15 The OTS is involved We think that we have stressed the business, and 16 the business has been stressed with the help of the OTS in a 17 way that is comparable. 18 19 COMMISSIONER HOLTZ-EAKIN: So you actually used the Fed's stress-- 20 WITNESS NEAL: As best we could. We got a lot of 21 advice on--obviously we weren't one 22 our investors were asking for that so we did. 23 lot as we tried to make G.E. Capital one of the more 24 transparent companies out there. 25 for us, largely. of the 19 banks, but It helped a And I think that worked And, frankly, we have performed below 270 1 2 base case since that time, and the business is better. COMMISSIONER HOLTZ-EAKIN: Can I ask you one more 3 question about just sort of the business model, which is: 4 Do you have loans into commercial real estate, residential 5 real estate? 6 7 8 9 10 WITNESS NEAL: We do. We have--we have both commercial and residential. COMMISSIONER HOLTZ-EAKIN: Residential real estate mortgages? WITNESS NEAL: Yes. We owned a company. We 11 bought it in 2004, a company called WMC, which was in the 12 residential--it was in Burbank, California. 13 We were in the business for about three years. 14 very comfortable with it, and in about 2006 became 15 uncomfortable with the business model and exited the 16 business in early 2007. 17 estate in other parts of the world. 18 We bought it. We never got But we do have residential real We have a pretty good mortgage company in the UK. 19 We have a large residential mortgage company in France. 20 we also have a residential mortgage company in Australia. 21 Our banks that we--not in this country. 22 COMMISSIONER HOLTZ-EAKIN: 23 WITNESS NEAL: And But you own abroad. --own abroad, Bank of Budapest in 24 Hungry, Czech Agribanca in the Czech Republic, they all have 25 mortgages as part of their normal product suite. 271 1 COMMISSIONER HOLTZ-EAKIN: So has your mortgage 2 losses looked like the industry as a whole, like the great 3 losses in the U.S.? 4 else? 5 Or have you done better than everyone WITNESS NEAL: We have done pretty well around 6 the world. The UK business was loss-making last year, but 7 not big, and turning the corner. 8 right, $40 million roughly profit in the first quarter. 9 The French platform is largely prime and has 10 performed well. 11 distribute. 12 have-- 13 It was a forty, is that The UK business is not originate to It's originate for our own balance sheet, so we COMMISSIONER HOLTZ-EAKIN: 14 to distribute entities? 15 originate to hold for balance sheet? 16 WITNESS NEAL: Do you have originate I thought you were exclusively In terms of the mortgage business, 17 I would say for the most part. 18 originate to distribute in the Australian platform, but 19 we're winding that down. 20 There is probably some Honestly, we are less interested in mortgages 21 globally and are not trying to grow those businesses at this 22 point. 23 24 25 COMMISSIONER HOLTZ-EAKIN: How about commercial real estate? WITNESS NEAL: Commercial real estate we have-- 272 1 we're a large commercial real estate player. 2 about 28 countries around the world. 3 billion book of commercial real estate. 4 We operate in We have about an $80 Of that book, about 60 percent of it is a debt 5 book. And about 40 percent of it--these are rough numbers-- 6 is an equity book. 7 holding. And again, originated for our own 8 COMMISSIONER HOLTZ-EAKIN: 9 performing, that book in particular? 10 WITNESS NEAL: And how is that book It's been hard. The values of 11 commercial real estate--and I would say that was maybe one 12 of our misses, that the book is too big, particularly the 13 owned book. 14 When we used to think about a cycle in real 15 estate, we would think of it being down 20, 25 percent. 16 These assets in many cases have fallen 40, in that regard, 17 and as a result of that we've had to put a lot of reserves 18 into that business. 19 The business was quite profitable back in 2007, 20 and last year, I don't know the exact number, but over a 21 billion dollars in losses in that regard, much of it 22 accounting in terms of reserves, but we are a large player 23 around the world. 24 COMMISSIONER HOLTZ-EAKIN: Thank you. 25 I wanted to pick up just a couple of details on 273 1 some of the other business models here. 2 of the asset-backed commercial paper, you said. 3 give up some yield in the process? 4 touched that? 5 6 WITNESS McCULLEY: Right. You don't hold any Don't you You said you never And in fact that was a conscious decision that we made on behalf of our clients. 7 COMMISSIONER HOLTZ-EAKIN: How do you hold onto 8 your clients if you're giving up yield? 9 WITNESS McCULLEY: Our investment portfolios away 10 from our money market products have cushions of cash, but 11 the value added in the overall portfolio tends to come from 12 other holdings in the portfolio besides cash, and in 13 investing the cash buffers in the portfolios, you give up 14 historically some incremental yield, a handful of basis 15 points, to being in conventional commercial paper versus 16 asset commercial paper. 17 that that was the prudent thing to do for our clients, to 18 give up that handful of basis points, because we could not 19 get comfortable looking through the balance sheet of the 20 conduits and get comfortable with the assets they were 21 holding. 22 And we made the judgment as a firm So it was a conscious decision to give up a few 23 basis points in the interest of preservation of capital for 24 our clients. 25 COMMISSIONER HOLTZ-EAKIN: Thank you. 274 1 Mr. Meier, you said that you invest in commercial 2 banks, regulated banks. 3 investment banks? 4 5 WITNESS MEIER: Do you have any exposure to We have exposure to what were investment banks back in the day. I guess if you consider-- 6 7 COMMISSIONER HOLTZ-EAKIN: 8 WITNESS MEIER: 9 Not any more, yes. --Goldman Sachs banks, but, yes, we do. 10 COMMISSIONER HOLTZ-EAKIN: So one of the things 11 I'm curious about is I think it's true that both of you were 12 involved in repo agreements with Bear Stearns, is that 13 correct? 14 WITNESS MEIER: 15 COMMISSIONER HOLTZ-EAKIN: 16 WITNESS McCULLEY: 17 18 Yes. Mr. McCulley? Historically, yes, we were involved in repo. COMMISSIONER HOLTZ-EAKIN: So when you looked at 19 the collateral--and I gather you would have used only their 20 Treasuries and agency securities? 21 WITNESS McCULLEY: 22 COMMISSIONER HOLTZ-EAKIN: 23 24 25 Right, and bilateral. And bilateral repo. What collateral would you use? WITNESS MEIER: It was dominated by traditional collateral, Treasuries, bills, bonds, notes, agency 275 1 debentures, and agency NBS. 2 alternative collateral. 3 4 5 But we did have some We also settled 100 percent of those transactions on a tri-party basis. COMMISSIONER HOLTZ-EAKIN: Okay. So what I'm 6 interested in is, as we move to the Fall of 2007 and start 7 to move toward March of 2008, obviously the crucial period, 8 how were you evaluating the collateral? 9 We heard testimony yesterday that in repo you 10 evaluated it on the basis of the counterparty, not the 11 collateral; and that Bear's problem was as a counterparty. 12 I was curious how you, first Mr. McCulley, viewed 13 what you were holding from Bear, and whether you were 14 evaluating the collateral, which you looked through and 15 understand; or whether you were looking at Bear itself? 16 WITNESS McCULLEY: I think you do both. First, 17 you want to know that you are adequately over-collateralized 18 so that you're really lending against the collateral with 19 the haircut. 20 But also you look to the counterparty. Because 21 if the counterparty fails to deliver on the repo, you by law 22 have the collateral. 23 amount of money that you lent, and you can go sell the 24 collateral outside of the bankruptcy process. 25 of the legal structure for repo. The collateral is greater than the That's part 276 1 But actually, that is not something that you 2 normally want to do. 3 the collateral, but that quite frankly is a very serious 4 headache. 5 with counterparties where you think there is a significant 6 possibility that you may actually be forced to liquidate the 7 collateral in order to be made whole. 8 at both. 9 You secure yourself, and you can sell And so therefore you would prefer not to deal COMMISSIONER HOLTZ-EAKIN: 10 WITNESS MEIER: So you actually look Mr. Meier? I would agree with Mr. McCulley. 11 We certainly look at both. 12 are a first line of defense, and we don't want to go through 13 that uncomfortable process of having to liquidate 14 collateral, irrespective of whether it's over-collateralized 15 or not. 16 I would say the counterparties It is something that creates concern among our 17 investors. 18 considerable. 19 terms of Bear Stearns as a counterparty, we would opt not to 20 roll transactions with them, even though it's traditional 21 collateral that typically benefit from a flight to quality, 22 and it was over-collateralized. 23 The headline risk associated with that would be So again, when there was a deterioration in COMMISSIONER HOLTZ-EAKIN: I want to ask a 24 further question about both the collateral and the 25 counterparty, which is: We have heard conflicting reports 277 1 on Bear Stearns's problems. 2 they were always solvent, and that they were in the end 3 victims of a run founded on rumors that were not true. 4 we have had other officials, notably former Secretary 5 Paulson, say that they were insolvent. 6 Their officials told us that So in your evaluation of them as a counterparty, 7 what did you see when you get to March of 2008? 8 McCulley? 9 WITNESS McCULLEY: Mr. For a levered financial 10 institution, if the marketplace comes to the conclusion, 11 rightly or wrongly-- 12 13 14 15 And COMMISSIONER HOLTZ-EAKIN: the marketplace conclusion. I'm not interested in I want-- WITNESS McCULLEY: --that they're insolvent, then they are insolvent. 16 COMMISSIONER HOLTZ-EAKIN: 17 WITNESS McCULLEY: So your conclusion? If Bear was liquidated, it 18 would have been insolvent. 19 going concern, and it was only a going concern because it 20 was merged into JPMorgan. 21 the game in financial services. 22 23 It was solvent only if it was a That's the essence of the name of If you have to prove your solvency, then in fact you're not solvent. 24 COMMISSIONER HOLTZ-EAKIN: 25 WITNESS MEIER: Mr. Meier? I would suggest when we looked at 278 1 Bear Stearns, our analysis was as follows: 2 think that the senior management from Bear Stearns have a 3 much better determination of whether they were solvent or 4 not. 5 First of all, I From our perspective, though, their problems 6 really began in the early part of 2007. They had well 7 documented, well covered in the financial press, problems 8 with some of their hedge funds. 9 concentrated business model. They had a very And they were a significant 10 participant in the mortgage market, in the subprime mortgage 11 market, and private label securitization as well. 12 They had a significant fixed-income business, not 13 much diversification beyond that. 14 focus had really been in the U.S., so they didn't really 15 have global diversification. 16 Their assets and their They were a leveraged entity, and we knew what 17 our behavior was; that over the course of time, other 18 investors would start to certainly roll down their exposure 19 to Bear Stearns, which meant that the potential for a quick 20 run was significant. 21 They also had issues, problems with their 22 management team and leadership that were covered in the 23 markets as well, and in the press. 24 increasingly concerned about them as a counterparty and 25 ultimately reached the determination that, given the risk So we became 279 1 aversion, the risk appetite of our clients, it was more 2 prudent to simply no longer roll over purchase agreements 3 with Bear Stearns. 4 5 6 COMMISSIONER HOLTZ-EAKIN: you pull back from, and when? WITNESS McCULLEY: Lehman? And so who else did Mr. McCulley? During that period after the 7 Summer of 2007 when you got the run on the asset-backed 8 commercial paper market, we as an industry, and we as PIMCO 9 on behalf of our clients became ever more circumspect with 10 respect to counterparty exposure. 11 where we did have concerns we reduced exposure, yes. 12 COMMISSIONER HOLTZ-EAKIN: 13 Lehman when they went under? 14 WITNESS McCULLEY: 15 And we had concerns, and Were you exposed to Our clients owned Lehman Brothers bonds in their portfolios at the time, yes. 16 COMMISSIONER HOLTZ-EAKIN: 17 WITNESS McCULLEY: Under your advice? We collectively made the 18 decision to invest in Lehman Brothers bonds, their unsecured 19 debentures, and in retrospect that was a decision we wish we 20 hadn't of made. 21 COMMISSIONER HOLTZ-EAKIN: And what was different 22 about them versus Bear Stearns that gave you the confidence 23 to make those investments? 24 25 WITNESS McCULLEY: As a practical matter, they were both operating in a similar business model. 280 1 COMMISSIONER HOLTZ-EAKIN: 2 WITNESS McCULLEY: Yep. Bear was smaller and, as Mr. 3 Meier noted, had a more concentrated business in the 4 mortgage arena, and also was not globally diversified. 5 conceptually Lehman had a better business than Bear did, but 6 as a practical matter we found out that diversification 7 globally did not matter and that their concentration in 8 mortgage risk was very, very large. So 9 So actually the big difference between those two 10 firms is that one the Federal Reserve could find sufficient 11 collateral in order to facilitate a loan to do the merger 12 with JPMorgan, and in the case of Lehman Brothers they 13 couldn't find sufficient collateral to lend against. 14 COMMISSIONER HOLTZ-EAKIN: 15 CHAIRMAN ANGELIDES: 16 COMMISSIONER HOLTZ-EAKIN: 17 18 19 20 21 22 Could I get-- Three minutes. Did you expect them to find a partner and get assistance? WITNESS McCULLEY: That was the general market expectation. COMMISSIONER HOLTZ-EAKIN: Mr. Meier, same question, in the interest of completeness. WITNESS MEIER: When I think of our exposure to 23 Lehman Brothers--and we did have exposure on a fully 24 collateralized basis for repurchase agreements with Lehman 25 Brothers--when we looked at them as a counterparty, it was a 281 1 different analysis. 2 Lehman Brothers as a business had been very 3 focused on the short end of the curve. 4 recognized leader in providing services and products to the 5 money market area. 6 out to say five years. 7 They were a And when I say that, it would include They had a more diversified revenue source. 8 had significant growth in their equity business, for 9 example. 10 They were a global firm with growing operations outside the States. 11 They So a more diversified business model. I think also we had a relatively high degree of 12 confidence in their management because they had been through 13 liquidity crises in the past, and that they had--they were 14 able to survive in difficult markets. 15 I would also say our analysis shifted pretty 16 dramatically post-Bear Stearns, and that the Bear Stearns 17 sale to JPMorgan was orchestrated by the Fed. 18 thereafter, the Fed announced the Primary Dealer Credit 19 Facility, which I think was a tremendous benefit to Lehman 20 Brothers. 21 at the time was that would provide them with time to 22 recapitalize themselves, seek other partnerships, and 23 potentially sell the firm. 24 would occur over the course of time. 25 COMMISSIONER HOLTZ-EAKIN: Immediately And our expectation at the time, our assessment And our expectation is that I want to go back to 282 1 the haircuts on collateral. 2 agency securities in your repo with Bear? 3 WITNESS McCULLEY: What haircuts did you apply to Well convention on Treasury 4 and agency collateral is 102 percent. 5 alternative collateral, haircuts go up but we were not 6 engaged in repo with Bear in alternative assets. 7 would be conventional 102. 8 9 10 11 COMMISSIONER HOLTZ-EAKIN: And then for So it And that didn't change even right up to the very last transactions you did with them? WITNESS McCULLEY: For Treasury and agency 12 collateral, and agencies were implicitly and then explicitly 13 backed by Uncle Sam, that was convention. 14 conventional haircuts if we chose to do business with them. 15 Because, remember, you never want--you really don't want to 16 get in the situation where you have to liquidate the 17 collateral so-- 18 COMMISSIONER HOLTZ-EAKIN: 19 WITNESS McCULLEY: 20 COMMISSIONER HOLTZ-EAKIN: And we applied I understand, but-- --it's that two-pronged issue. --you've told us that 21 you did great due diligence on looking at what was actually 22 inside things. 23 decided there wasn't a decent mortgage in America, and you 24 applied no haircuts to agency securities? 25 So you sent people to 20 cities. WITNESS McCULLEY: No, 102 percent. You 283 1 COMMISSIONER HOLTZ-EAKIN: But you didn't 2 increase them in light of the growing evidence of bad 3 mortgage origination, which in the end was going to be on 4 the books of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac? 5 WITNESS McCULLEY: We fully expected that our 6 government, if push comes to shove, would wrap its arms 7 around Freddie and Fannie, and that's precisely what 8 happened. 9 COMMISSIONER HOLTZ-EAKIN: 10 CHAIRMAN ANGELIDES: Thank you. Just one little follow-up 11 from me before I go to you, Senator, because, before I 12 forget it, which is, I think it was you, Mr. Meier, and 13 maybe you, Mr. McCulley, or maybe both of you cited media 14 reports. 15 When the folks from Bear were here yesterday they 16 cited the extent to which rumors helped drive the liquidity 17 squeeze. 18 staff, folks indicated that sometimes folks in your position 19 may just decide not to have an institution as a counterparty 20 to avoid the heartburn of explaining to clients why you have 21 that institution that has negative media around it as a 22 counterparty. 23 I believe in the course of interviews with our To what extent--I assume you do more thorough due 24 diligence than picking up the newspaper, but to what extent 25 does it factor in? Just stories that may or may not have 284 1 full veracity? 2 WITNESS MEIER: If I can address that, 3 Mr. Chairman, of course we don't make credit decisions based 4 on what's covered in the popular press. 5 own head work around our counterparties and the issuers with 6 whom we buy paper from, but it is a source of information 7 out there and it does affect perception in the marketplace, 8 and it does, candidly, expose certain investment vehicles to 9 headline risk and flight risk. 10 CHAIRMAN ANGELIDES: We do all of our I think what I'm really 11 asking, sometimes you just decide in the range of vehicles 12 available to you, you know, why screw around with this one 13 and have to explain it to your clients when there's other 14 good choices. 15 Reasonable? WITNESS McCULLEY: Rational? Or no? Prudent risk management means 16 that you're on top of all of your counterparty relationships 17 all the time. 18 shoe leather work. 19 deteriorating, then logically you should pare your 20 exposures, ask for additional collateral, et cetera. 21 you also do read the newspapers, because in highly levered 22 financial institutions sometimes perception can become 23 reality. 24 25 And that means doing your head work and your And if you see that your counterparty is In fact, that's what a run is about. But So you do have to be attuned to the perception of the market while 285 1 you're also focused like a laser beam in your own credit 2 work. 3 CHAIRMAN ANGELIDES: All right. 4 COMMISSIONER GRAHAM: Senator Graham? Thank you, Mr. Chairman, 5 and thanks to each of the gentlemen for their very 6 insightful testimony. 7 Our Commission was established to answer the 8 question what went wrong, what was the cause of the financial 9 crisis we're in. Do you consider that the segment of the 10 financial industry that you occupy was responsible for any of 11 the crisis that we are now living through? 12 WITNESS McCULLEY: The underlying culprit in the 13 crisis you have to trace back to the systemic degradation of 14 underwriting standards in mortgages. 15 COMMISSIONER GRAHAM: 16 WITNESS McCULLEY: That is where the-- In residential mortgages? Residential, and also on the 17 commercial side, but in an immediate sense the residential 18 came first. 19 today, there are a number of vectors you have to look at 20 from the standpoint of the crime, but systemic degradation 21 of underwriting standards for mortgages is where the smoking 22 gun is. 23 24 25 So as Secretary Geithner was discussing earlier COMMISSIONER GRAHAM: And you don't have any of those bullets in your pocket? WITNESS McCULLEY: I didn't underwrite any loans 286 1 where the borrower didn't put any money down, and didn't 2 have to show his W-2, and didn't have to pay the full 3 interest rate. 4 business. 5 We're not in the mortgage underwriting WITNESS NEAL: Senator, I would just add, I don't 6 know if the so-called shadow banking system versus the 7 banking system was the major--I think what happened is we 8 had for awhile more liquidity in the marketplace than 9 anything I've ever seen. 10 And that created a lot--you know, it was pretty 11 remarkable. 12 you go back to 2007, as crazy as it seems now, that that 13 liquidity was going to be here for awhile. 14 were talking about it, new forms of capital from around the 15 world, China, India, sovereign wealth. 16 was a general view, and it was wrong, that the world was 17 going to be very liquid for at least awhile. 18 And also, Senator, there was a general view, if The consultants And so I think there So I think that's a piece of it. I think that 19 allowed people to maybe get over-levered in some of these 20 spaces. 21 have the potential for volatile assets, you are on very thin 22 ice in that regard. 23 And, you know, if you have high leverage and you I would agree with Paul that, you know, this 24 originate-to-sell changed things. 25 It happened in leveraged loans. It's not just mortgages. It happened in other 287 1 markets. 2 operates. 3 But I think that it changes the way the business If you are putting an asset, whether it's a 4 mortgage or an LBO, if you're originating that to have it on 5 your balance sheet for the term, then you will look at it 6 for the term. 7 with the consequences of that decision. 8 9 You have to live with it. You have to live If you're originating that transaction only to put it into a security and sell it, particularly if you're 10 not going to stay in the security, it becomes a fee-based 11 business. 12 because you get paid monthly based on what you sell. 13 goes out, you take what they call in the industry a skim-- 14 another bad word I think--but that's how it works. 15 It's really just how much can I originate, It And I think a lot of the underwriting problems 16 really happened from the standpoint that this underwrite-to- 17 distribute model became very large. And I think that 18 created--so you have high leverage. You have high 19 liquidity. 20 The liquidity didn't last. You have the issue I think where people were a 21 little bit lulled to sleep just from the standpoint that 22 they thought it was--you know, when you see 2 percent cap 23 rates, things are expensive. 24 be that way for 10 years, you know, maybe not so expensive. 25 But if you think it's going to So I think that's why people maybe didn't make 288 1 some of the bold actions that they might have made 2 otherwise. 3 a lot--but the underwriting standards of some firms, some 4 institutions, depending on what they were doing, wasn't that 5 good. 6 And then I think the underwriting--and it varied That's how you get into these no-doc--I mean, 7 why--Senator, if you owned your own bank, you wouldn't let 8 anybody bring in a transaction to you where you don't know 9 if they have a job or not, or there's no documents. 10 You just wouldn't do it. 11 But maybe if you think you're just going to sell 12 it and take a fee, and then people sort of say, well, 13 there's so much liquidity, asset values will continue to 14 rise so it really doesn't matter. 15 wrong, you're very wrong on this. 16 17 18 And of course when you're So I think--I mean, that's how I would think about it. COMMISSIONER GRAHAM: Any other comments on the 19 possible contributions of this aspect of the industry 20 towards the crisis? 21 WITNESS MEIER: Well, Senator, if I can address 22 that, please. 23 hindsight, things are a lot clearer than they were back in 24 say 2006 and 2007. 25 I would suggest, with the benefit of Clearly there was an excessive amount of leverage 289 1 and too much liquidity in the marketplace. 2 McCulley and Mr. Neal are correct in that there was a 3 thinking on the part of some market participants, the 4 philosophy of originate-to-securitize and get the risks off 5 your book. 6 I think Mr. There also was just a significant flow of asset- 7 backed securitizations coming down the pike, and I think 8 many investors didn't do their homework. 9 their analysis. 10 They didn't do And I think that's where they got into trouble. 11 In terms of, you know-- 12 COMMISSIONER GRAHAM: Excuse me. Is that 13 because, was there a lower level of due diligence during 14 this period than had been the norm let's say over the 15 preceding 5 or 10 years? 16 WITNESS MEIER: Senator, I really can't say 17 whether there was or there wasn't. 18 perspective that we never let down our guard in terms of the 19 due diligence and the analysis we did. 20 I know from our We had concerns about the subprime mortgage 21 market, the Alt-A market for the same reasons as have been 22 articulated here through other committee discussions. 23 You know, we saw a decline in average FICO 24 scores, the average credit quality of the borrowers, higher 25 loan-to-value ratios. We saw all sorts of unusual mortgages 290 1 coming down the pike such as IOs, and Option Arms. 2 We saw concentrations of paper being distributed 3 or sold into the marketplace in real estate markets that had 4 significant appreciation. 5 COMMISSIONER GRAHAM: Yesterday we had people 6 with very impressive resumes who said that they could not 7 see this storm coming over the horizon. 8 half-dozen data points that you were monitoring which caused 9 you to see something was coming over the horizon. 10 11 You just listed a What is that caused you to be as sensitive to what was happening when other people were not? 12 WITNESS MEIER: That's a great question, Senator. 13 I think it had probably more to do with the types of assets 14 we manage. 15 The fact that we manage most of the assets in our cash 16 business to a book value construct. 17 margin of error. 18 The risk tolerance of our underlying clients. So there's a very small So for us it came down to the question of 19 suitability, and exposing our clients into assets that could 20 potentially have a lot of either ratings volatility, spread 21 volatility, and price volatility which just seemed 22 inappropriate and unsuitable. 23 24 25 COMMISSIONER GRAHAM: Well, in fact I have no time-CHAIRMAN ANGELIDES: Would you like some, 291 1 Senator? 2 COMMISSIONER GRAHAM: 3 CHAIRMAN ANGELIDES: 4 COMMISSIONER GRAHAM: Two minutes? You can have two minutes. From the conversation that 5 I had before this session started, I gathered that some of 6 the reasons that people are here in the audience is because 7 of what's happening a few hundred yards away from here in 8 the Senate. 9 [Cell phone rings.] 10 11 COMMISSIONER GRAHAM: Excuse me, let me turn this off. 12 How would your industry be affected by the 13 financial reform legislation that's currently being 14 considered? 15 WITNESS McCULLEY: Well we're actually in 16 different industries. The bookends of the table are in the 17 same industry, and in the middle is in a different industry. 18 COMMISSIONER GRAHAM: 19 WITNESS McCULLEY: I used-- But for all of us at the 20 table--and I'm hesitant to speak for all of us; people will 21 speak for themselves--I think we all have a interest in a 22 financial system that has built in safeguards against a 23 repeat of what happened during the crisis. 24 25 I think we all--not just as members of the financial services arena, but as citizens--have a tremendous 292 1 interest in Washington putting in the appropriate regulatory 2 structures--and that includes such things as capital 3 requirements, resolution authority, lots of things that go 4 under that mosaic--but I think that we as an industry 5 benefit if our industry is properly regulated and policed. 6 So I think we will end up, I trust we end up in a 7 better place for the financial services industry because I 8 want, and my firm wants, and our clients want us to be 9 participating in a sound industry that doesn't have fringe 10 elements that are disrupting the normal functioning of the 11 market, or tainting the integrity of the market. 12 WITNESS NEAL: Senator, I would say, first of all 13 I would say that we applaud what you are doing here and the 14 good work that you are doing, because we think this work 15 needs to be done. 16 From my perspective, the whole idea of regulatory 17 reform is much needed. 18 regulation to me makes sense. 19 company. 20 doesn't threaten the system I think makes a lot of sense. 21 I think the concept of systemic It makes sense to our The ability to resolve companies in a way that We think the idea of having more and better 22 capital inside of financial institutions will make them 23 safer, will make the industry safer. 24 liquidity at hand to deal with unforeseen issues that might 25 come up from time to time we think makes a lot of sense. Having enough 293 1 Having cash to really give you the extended time 2 you need as you may need to make choices about reducing a 3 balance sheet, or generating cash in some other way I think 4 makes sense. 5 The whole idea I think of match-funding your 6 assets and liabilities, something some people do, some 7 people don't, you know, borrowing short, lend long works 8 until it doesn't. 9 funding, matching that from a duration standpoint, makes a 10 11 But I think the idea of having match- lot of sense. To me the whole idea of having different types of 12 underwriting, the idea that you have underwriting--I would 13 tell you that I think many people that underwrite to hold on 14 their own balance sheet have done better in this process 15 than the securities have done where that didn't happen. 16 So the idea that this work that you're doing ends 17 up in a different way of thinking about this from a 18 regulatory standpoint, from a resolution standpoint, I think 19 we think it's a good thing. 20 WITNESS MEIER: 21 CHAIRMAN ANGELIDES: 22 23 I would add to that-Go ahead and just answer, one minute to answer, and then we'll move on. WITNESS MEIER: Sure. I would concur with 24 everything that's been said. I would also add to that, I 25 think it's certainly in the best interests of the American 294 1 people--and Secretary Geithner referred to this earlier as a 2 100-year storm; we want to make sure this isn't an every 10- 3 year storm. 4 So I do think that regulatory reform will be 5 important in terms of protecting the American people, our 6 interests and our position in the world. 7 COMMISSIONER GRAHAM: 8 CHAIRMAN ANGELIDES: 9 Mr. Wallison? Thank you. Thank you. 10 COMMISSIONER WALLISON: Thank you, Mr. Chairman. 11 Let me start with you, Mr. McCulley. You said 12 that we should have a regulatory system in which 13 systemically important firms are regulated. 14 was sort of the point you were making at the outset. 15 I'm wondering how we can tell whether a firm is systemically 16 important. 17 systemically important? I think that And How would you tell whether a firm is 18 WITNESS McCULLEY: There's not a precise-- 19 COMMISSIONER WALLISON: 20 WITNESS McCULLEY: 21 COMMISSIONER WALLISON: I know. --definition. I'm not asking for a 22 definition. I'd like to just know how you, if you were say 23 the chairman of the Federal Reserve and had an opportunity 24 to say which firms you are going to regulate, which may come 25 out of the current regulatory bill that's before Congress, 295 1 how would you decide whether to regulate a firm as 2 systemically important? 3 WITNESS McCULLEY: I think this question has been 4 grappled with repeatedly. 5 tests involved 19 firms, so obviously those 19 were deemed 6 systemically important. 7 legislative process now is to deem anybody who has greater 8 than $50 billion worth of footings to be systemically 9 important. 10 11 You think in terms of the stress And in one of the proposals in the So it's not an easy thing to do. thing to do. 12 CHAIRMAN ANGELIDES: 13 WITNESS McCULLEY: 14 sorry. Did you say "footings"? Size of balance sheet, I'm I'm using jargon. 15 CHAIRMAN ANGELIDES: 16 WITNESS McCULLEY: 17 CHAIRMAN ANGELIDES: 18 It’s an important Thank you. Um-I've heard more complex jargon. 19 (Laughter.) 20 WITNESS McCULLEY: The important thing is that 21 you have a resolution mechanism for these institutions so as 22 that if they fail they can fail in a orderly fashion. 23 That's more important than defining whether it's 46 or 73 24 firms. 25 orderly funeral for them if they die, as opposed to a 26 debacle like we had post-Lehman. Whatever you define it is that you can have a 296 1 COMMISSIONER WALLISON: Okay. Now you said that 2 PIMCO is not a member of the shadow banking system. 3 you think it's not? 4 5 WITNESS McCULLEY: Why do PIMCO is an investment manager. 6 COMMISSIONER WALLISON: 7 funds. 8 banking system. 9 hedge fund? Yes, and so are hedge Hedge funds are thought to be members of the shadow 10 So in what way is PIMCO different from a WITNESS McCULLEY: PIMCO does not manage money 11 for PIMCO. 12 clients--it's a small portion of our business--run levered 13 mandates. 14 they explicitly in their investment management contract 15 request that we lever their portfolio. 16 PIMCO manages money for clients. Some of our When they hire us to be the investment manager, So some of our clients would be--could be 17 characterized as shadow banks, because they're levered 18 without access to a lender of last resort. 19 as the investment manager is not a shadow bank. But PIMCO itself 20 COMMISSIONER WALLISON: 21 simply a fund manager, is it not? 22 managing their own money, but they are making investments 23 with their own money. 24 25 WITNESS McCULLEY: deemed a shadow bank. But a hedge fund is I mean, yes, they're The hedge fund itself could be 297 1 COMMISSIONER WALLISON: 2 WITNESS McCULLEY: 3 That's right. The manager of the hedge fund- - 4 COMMISSIONER WALLISON: 5 WITNESS McCULLEY: 6 COMMISSIONER WALLISON: 7 WITNESS McCULLEY: --is not. --is not. Right. Now frequently it's the case 8 with hedge funds that the manager is investing his own 9 money-- 10 COMMISSIONER WALLISON: 11 WITNESS McCULLEY: 12 --whereas, we are a third- party manager. 13 COMMISSIONER WALLISON: 14 you are investing, is that right? 15 16 17 Um-hmm. WITNESS McCULLEY: But you have a fund that I'm not sure I'm following the question. COMMISSIONER WALLISON: When your customers give 18 you money to invest for them, do they not give you the 19 opportunity to take this money, put it into an account of 20 some kind, and manage it for them? 21 WITNESS McCULLEY: Yes, they do. And some of 22 those clients indeed want that account to be managed on a 23 levered basis. 24 characteristics of a shadow bank; that's correct. 25 So that account would have the COMMISSIONER WALLISON: Now you said before--I'm 298 1 obviously going to run out of time with all the things I'd 2 like to ask about--but you said before that financing 3 sources like Bear would be better off if they were 4 implicitly backed by the government. 5 to give them access for example to, not a financing source 6 but a financing user like Bear, would that be helpful in 7 making sure that we didn't have the kind of crisis that we 8 had before? 9 use of financing sources be regulated or have access to the 10 Would that be helpful, Would you suggest that anyone that is making Discount Window, the Fed's Discount Window? 11 WITNESS McCULLEY: Unambiguously, if you are 12 going to have access to the Fed's Discount Window, you 13 should be regulated. 14 COMMISSIONER WALLISON: 15 WITNESS McCULLEY: Yes. It is simply not tenable for 16 the Fed to be lending to someone that they have no 17 regulatory control on. 18 seems to me. 19 That's a self-evident truth, it After the merger of Bear into JPMorgan, the 20 Federal Reserve created the Primary Dealer Credit Facility, 21 which they did under Section 13.3 of the Federal Reserve 22 Act, opening effectively the Discount Window to the primary 23 dealers. 24 25 That was not an easy decision for the Federal Reserve to make. Because essentially they opened a facility 299 1 to lend to people they weren't regulating. 2 that's an appropriate approach. 3 access to the Federal Reserve's balance sheet, then it seems 4 to me it's axiomatic that you should be regulated. 5 So I don't think If you're going to have And that was an emergency thing, and actually 6 they had to evoke 13.3 to do it. Again, going forward, the 7 key issue it seems to me is we need to have a mechanism so 8 as that a systemically important institution can fail in a 9 orderly fashion. Orderly bankruptcies should not be the 10 tender for a large fire. However, if they're disorderly, 11 they become the tender for a fire that almost engulfed our 12 financial system and gave us a nasty recession. 13 So I put the most emphasis on orderly unwinding. 14 COMMISSIONER WALLISON: And what is the 15 difference between a disorderly and an orderly unwinding, in 16 your view? 17 WITNESS McCULLEY: Actually I think Secretary 18 Geithner did a excellent job of articulating that this 19 afternoon. 20 a house can burn down but doesn't in the process burn down 21 the neighborhood. 22 A orderly unwinding, to use his analogy, is when COMMISSIONER WALLISON: But that means, does it 23 not, that creditors of that institution, or I don't know how 24 we analogize it to a house, but the creditors of that 25 institution are paid off? 300 1 WITNESS McCULLEY: 2 CHAIRMAN ANGELIDES: 3 4 5 That's correct. Would you like additional, what, two minutes? COMMISSIONER WALLISON: WITNESS McCULLEY: 7 COMMISSIONER WALLISON: 9 Just to get this question in. 6 8 Yes. That's correct. Creditors would have to be paid off? WITNESS McCULLEY: No, no. An orderly resolution 10 could involve, and should involve haircuts for creditors. 11 And in fact one proposal that's being discussed for an 12 orderly resolution is actually another section of the 13 Bankruptcy Code specifically so as that you can have an 14 orderly resolution, in which case unsecured creditors simply 15 take a haircut and take the loss, as opposed to unsecured 16 creditors in a bailout getting par on the dollar and the 17 taxpayer being on the hook. 18 I don't want that to happen. COMMISSIONER WALLISON: I don't think anyone 19 wants it to happen. But the thing I'm trying to get at is, 20 if you tell creditors that they are going to take a loss, 21 say we decide that they're going to take a 20 percent loss, 22 wouldn't that signal to other creditors in the market that 23 they have to run from whatever their investments are because 24 they are not going to be paid out fully? 25 definition of a disorderly workout, or bailout, or whatever Isn't that the 301 1 you want to call it? 2 WITNESS McCULLEY: Commissioner, we're talking 3 about changing the regime so as that you know ahead of time 4 that you're not going to be bailed out; that if the 5 institution gets into trouble, it will go into an orderly 6 unwinding process and you will lose money. 7 the regime which allows you to return to market discipline. 8 9 So it's changing If I know as an investor that I'm not going to be bailed out and that I am going to take a haircut in the 10 event that the financial institution goes under, then I will 11 either charge a higher interest rate or not lend to them at 12 all. 13 14 So returning market discipline to the system is a key part of regulatory reform. 15 16 COMMISSIONER WALLISON: Why wouldn't bankruptcy do the same thing? 17 WITNESS McCULLEY: In fact I'm suggesting that it 18 would. 19 Bankruptcy Code to make a special case so as that you have 20 an orderly unwinding. 21 But you would need to have a new section of the Remember, Lehman Brothers went through bankruptcy 22 and that was disorderly. So therefore if you want to go the 23 Bankruptcy Code, you would need legislation that created a 24 separate section for systemically important financial 25 institutions. 302 1 2 COMMISSIONER WALLISON: Thanks very much. 3 4 5 I've run out of time. CHAIRMAN ANGELIDES: All right. Mr. Georgiou, go ahead. COMMISSIONER GEORGIOU: Mr. Neal and Mr. Barber, 6 I wondered if you could tell me, you've shrunk the size of 7 your borrowings, and I take it comparably your assets, 8 considerably over the last two years. 9 whether you did it to de-lever your borrowings, or because Was that--can you say 10 the demand for your services and your loans were, your 11 financings, were less? I mean, which? 12 WITNESS NEAL: 13 complicated, the answer. 14 two thousand--we go through a strategic plan just like all 15 of G.E. does each year, and we went through a fairly 16 rigorous capital allocation approach in terms of, you know, 17 what businesses were strategic, what product lines, what 18 geographies, what areas had we performed well over time, and 19 really what was the best part of the company. 20 each year, because even in the year where we may be growing 21 we still have businesses that we want to grow faster, 22 businesses that we might want to exit. 23 It's a great question, and it's We actually started back in early We do that I would say, as we rolled into this very 24 difficult environment in 2009 and part of 2008, a number of 25 things happened. One is, we accelerated that plan in order 303 1 to generate cash, or have the balance sheet be stronger. 2 I would say, secondly, because of the recession-- 3 a big piece of what we do is finance capital equipment-- 4 there was less being sold. 5 on our new volumes, even in businesses that we find highly 6 attractive from that perspective. So that put some pressure just 7 But the view is, our view is, my view is, from a 8 G.E. Capital perspective, we were probably a little too big 9 from just a good portfolio management inside of a company 10 like G.E. 11 now and the end of 2012 by about 25 percent. 12 COMMISSIONER GEORGIOU: 13 So we're reducing the size of the company between From your height? Or from your current-- 14 WITNESS NEAL: From the height, in terms of our 15 size. 16 about $440 billion by the end of 2012, largely exiting 17 businesses not in the U.S., but in other parts of the world. 18 We'll have the business down to a balance sheet of COMMISSIONER GEORGIOU: But of that, you finance, 19 what was it, 20 percent through commercial paper? 20 right, or no? 21 WITNESS NEAL: Is that Well today the debt stack in the 22 company, we have about--and Mark may correct me here--but we 23 have about $500 billion of total debt. 24 of that is long-term debt. 25 COMMISSIONER GEORGIOU: About $350 billion Right. 304 1 WITNESS NEAL: Less than fifty, about forty-six I 2 think today is commercial paper, of different tenors. 3 not all short. 4 It's Then we have about $100 billion of other types of 5 financing. 6 banks-- 7 We do have deposits both in this country in the COMMISSIONER GEORGIOU: I understand, yes. So I 8 guess, Mr. Barber, when you said you shrunk the commercial 9 paper by half, that's really--that wasn't, 10 wasn't going down by half? 11 means of funding? your business It was just that particular Is that correct? 12 WITNESS BARBER: Yes, sir. 13 COMMISSIONER GEORGIOU: 14 WITNESS BARBER: Okay. There's a shift that would have 15 occurred in our funding mix, and Mike is absolutely right 16 about his numbers and how the debt stack shapes up right 17 now. 18 increased cash portfolio that we have. 19 commercial paper that we are rationing and turning over in 20 the market. 21 other forms of funding, whether it's long-term debt, or 22 deposits that we take around the world, and so forth. So there's less reliance on commercial paper, an So there's less That's balanced out by increases in some of our 23 COMMISSIONER GEORGIOU: 24 Mr. McCulley, I guess I understand you don't like 25 tri-party repo? Is that right? Thanks. You prefer bi-party? 305 1 2 WITNESS McCULLEY: Historically that is correct, that we have not been comfortable with the tri-party. 3 COMMISSIONER GEORGIOU: 4 WITNESS McCULLEY: And why is that? Because there was not full 5 transparency to us on the marking of collateral in the 6 tri-party system. 7 instruments in it. 8 9 And the tri-party system has lower quality The tri-party system is being seriously evaluated and strengthened in efforts led by the New York Fed, and it 10 is quite possible that going forward we may be involved in 11 the tri-party repo arrangements because we think the 12 architecture is going to be made much more robust. 13 14 But historically we did not think the architecture was sufficiently robust. 15 COMMISSIONER GEORGIOU: So you only engaged in 16 transactions where you actually knew exactly what the 17 collateral was and you were dealing with the party that held 18 it? 19 WITNESS McCULLEY: Yes. We were engaged in 20 bilateral, where actually the counterparty to repo actually 21 wired the collateral to the custodian bank of our client. 22 It would not be held by a third-party bank. 23 COMMISSIONER GEORGIOU: Right. And I take it, 24 Mr. Meier, you did engage more in tri-party repo? 25 right? Is that 306 1 WITNESS MEIER: Yes, Commissioner. I would say 2 at our peak, with about $175 billion worth of repurchase 3 agreements outstanding, about 98 percent settled on a 4 tri-party basis. 5 COMMISSIONER GEORGIOU: 6 WITNESS MEIER: Um-hmm. And I would also have to say 7 that, you know, 50 percent of those assets and our current 8 assets are what would be considered traditional collateral. 9 So Treasuries, agency, agency mortgage-backed securities. 10 The tri-party settlement system is really just a 11 mechanism for obtaining possession and control of the 12 collateral. 13 counterparty's clearing bank for operational efficiencies. 14 It happens to occur at our dealer or bank COMMISSIONER GEORGIOU: Okay. And, Mr. Meier, to 15 stick with you for just a sec, you said something to the 16 effect that asset prices--you discussed asset prices getting 17 below fundamentals. 18 mortgages, outside of mortgages? 19 Was this an asset class other than WITNESS MEIER: Pretty much everything, 20 Commissioner. 21 widened on everything, including say General Electric Credit 22 Corp paper, which we certainly had a very high degree of 23 confidence in them as an issuer as a counterparty. 24 25 In the height of the panic, credit spreads COMMISSIONER GEORGIOU: contagion, in your view? And how did that cause 307 1 WITNESS MEIER: Wow. I think it added to a 2 downward spiral in terms of the capital commitment and the 3 unwillingness on the part of banks and dealers to make 4 markets in the secondary market. 5 When I think back to how this crisis really 6 began, it was a slow and steady deterioration in the 7 subprime market. 8 recognition, I'd say an acute recognition, that potentially 9 some of the asset-backed commercial paper conduits could 10 11 Come August of 2007, there was a have exposure to those areas. As a result, investors in general--without even 12 looking into the underlying assets--decided I don't want to 13 be in any asset-backed commercial paper, I don't want to 14 invest in a fund that may have those positions. 15 16 17 COMMISSIONER GEORGIOU: Regardless of whether they were--what the asset was backed by? WITNESS MEIER: That's exactly right, 18 Commissioner. 19 that informed transparency is critical. 20 what we owned, but they didn't actually have the information 21 that we had in terms of doing our due diligence in looking 22 at everything. 23 So I think the lesson I learned from that was Our clients knew So the problem was, when we buy asset-backed 24 commercial paper, we actually look through to the underlying 25 bank that supports that. We only buy fully supported 308 1 conduits, which means they have 102 percent of bank lines 2 behind them. 3 So the issue is, when investors en mass pulled 4 out of a $1.2 trillion market, the asset-backed commercial 5 paper conduit market, those liquidity providers that were 6 supposed to provide liquidity contingent upon an inability 7 to roll commercial paper realized that they may be called to 8 provide funding. 9 So they started hoarding cash. And a lot of 10 those institutions were banks. 11 hoarding cash and derisking their portfolio, they stopped 12 making normal secondary markets. 13 And in the process of So what started out as a liquidity crisis quickly 14 moved into a credit crisis, and then ultimately an economic 15 crisis on a global scale. 16 17 COMMISSIONER GEORGIOU: Could I have one more minute for follow-up? 18 CHAIRMAN ANGELIDES: Absolutely. 19 COMMISSIONER GEORGIOU: If I understand that, you 20 had 102 percent fully backed with, what, lines of credit 21 from banking institutions? 22 23 24 25 WITNESS MEIER: Liquidity lines from banking institutions. COMMISSIONER GEORGIOU: But of course they didn't have the liquidity to honor those obligations, so they had 309 1 to delever. 2 that. 3 They had to start selling their assets to do WITNESS MEIER: That's exactly right. And I 4 should also state, Commissioner, that we didn't approve all 5 asset-backed commercial paper conduits for purchase in our 6 funds. 7 probably had about 25 percent of the universe of available 8 conduits approved, and we had relatively small positions in 9 them. 10 Again, we did a detailed credit analysis. COMMISSIONER GEORGIOU: We Mr. McCulley, did you-- 11 could you comment on that process of contagion? 12 you see the same thing going on with regard to all this 13 asset-backed paper? 14 WITNESS McCULLEY: Yes. I mean, did It was very obvious in 15 the Summer of 2007 that a run on the asset-backed commercial 16 paper was underway. 17 some $400 billion was not rolled. I think in the last four months of 2007 18 So it was very evident that the users of asset- 19 backed commercial paper, the buyers went on a buyer strike 20 and simply weren't rolling. 21 chain of reaction that you and Mr. Meier were detailing. And then it kicked off a whole 22 COMMISSIONER GEORGIOU: 23 WITNESS McCULLEY: 24 particularly August of 2007. 25 And that started when? In the Summer of 2007, COMMISSIONER GEORGIOU: Thank you very much. 310 1 2 CHAIRMAN ANGELIDES: BMP? Post? Or pre? Can I say, post-BMP? Pre- Do you remember which came first? 3 WITNESS MEIER: Post. 4 WITNESS McCULLEY: 5 WITNESS MEIER: 6 WITNESS McCULLEY: Post, I think. It was right afterwards. It was in and around that 7 time. 8 asked to define what was the single day that was the Minsky 9 moment, it was that day, August 9th. 10 That would be August 9th of 2007, which is, when I'm CHAIRMAN ANGELIDES: I was wondering when you 11 were going to get that phrase in. 12 (Laughter.) 13 CHAIRMAN ANGELIDES: 14 COMMISSIONER HENNESSEY: All right. Mr. Hennessey. Thank you, Mr. Chairman. 15 I am going to direct this to Mr. McCulley, but I hope the 16 rest of you will jump in as well. 17 One of my takeaways from both Secretary Paulson 18 and Secretary Geithner was, don't spend all your time 19 thinking about solvency; spend more time thinking about 20 liquidity and the liquidity problems that occurred. 21 I am going to present some somewhat jumbled 22 thoughts and I want to ask if you can help me sort them out. 23 And it's sort of a similar line to what Peter was getting 24 at. 25 First of all, I have a similar question to him, 311 1 which is: 2 was having a disorderly resolution regime, and have said and 3 believe that we need an orderly resolution regime. 4 I have believed that a big part of the problem And then someone asked me: 5 that? 6 be orderly. What do you mean by And I kind of wave my hands and say, well, it has to 7 So to the extent that any of you have seen good 8 explanations or good analyses--you were referring to some 9 that might be out there--I would love to be better educated 10 on smart people who have actually thought about the details 11 of what a new section of the Bankruptcy Code means, or what 12 was actually missing. 13 the mechanics of that well enough. 14 Because I don't actually understand Okay, now on to my area of confusion. I sort of 15 think of this as on the solvency side we were dealing with 16 it--sorry, on solvency issues we were dealing with this on 17 the asset side. 18 money in. 19 We used TARP to put a bunch of taxpayer I kind of get that. On the liquidity issues we were basically dealing 20 with it by guaranteeing liabilities. So the Fed was doing 21 it by opening up their Discount Window to institutions 22 they'd never done it before. 23 mutual funds for awhile. 24 FDIC, right, increasing the limit from $100,000 to $250,000 25 for individuals, and then if you've got, what, a transaction We guaranteed money market And then made some changes in the 312 1 account and a small business you're guaranteed for good. 2 I understand why those made sense during the 3 crisis. I understand why I think they worked, basically, to 4 at least slow down the liquidity runs. 5 saying they're going to continue their policies at least 6 through the end of the year, and quite possibly longer. The FDIC is now 7 And what scares me is that we are then 8 substituting regulatory discipline for market discipline, at 9 least in those areas. And so, Mr. McCulley, coming back to 10 your original concept of parity between traditional 11 commercial banking and shadow banking, commercial banks have 12 deposits. 13 else. 14 The shadow banks don't. They have something Setting aside the supervision aspects, how do you 15 deal with the guarantees of liability issue? 16 create the parallel, or do you create the parallel to 17 deposit insurance? 18 discipline versus regulatory discipline with liquidity runs 19 and shadow banking? 20 How do you And how do you think about market Does my question--I think you can see the area 21 I'm sort of circling around. 22 WITNESS McCULLEY: Yes, I do. And I think all of 23 us in the industry and here in Washington are grappling with 24 that question. 25 comments. And I come back to what I said in my opening 313 1 The essence of banking is to create an asset for 2 the public, which is the liability of the bank, that is 3 informationally insensitive. 4 it, it is informationally insensitive because it has the 5 full faith 6 7 10 and credit. And the shadow banking system actually with commercial paper and repo became informationally sensitive. 8 9 If you have the FDIC label on COMMISSIONER HENNESSEY: at least before-WITNESS McCULLEY: 12 COMMISSIONER HENNESSEY: WITNESS McCULLEY: term deposits. 16 17 18 Right. --we did guarantees, it was only partially guaranteed. 14 15 But even in the commercial banking world, it is partially sensitive because, 11 13 Right. And that remains the case on Obviously on transaction deposits-- COMMISSIONER HENNESSEY: So it's not all or nothing. WITNESS McCULLEY: It's not all or nothing. It's 19 a two-tiered structure. And the bottom line is, if you 20 require a nonbank intermediary to have sufficient capital, 21 then the theory is that the senior lenders to that 22 institution, including in the commercial paper market, or 23 more importantly in the repo market, will look at that 24 balance sheet and say it's a fortress balance sheet, 25 therefore I am comfortable being a senior lender; that the 314 1 fortress balance sheet makes the senior short-dated 2 liability of that institution informationally insensitive. 3 4 So that is the objective through capital requirements. 5 COMMISSIONER HENNESSEY: So the functional 6 parallelism can be addressed on the capital side rather than 7 by having the government guarantee liabilities for shadow 8 banks? 9 Is that the concept? WITNESS McCULLEY: That is the concept, as well 10 as having strong liquidity buffers for shadow banks, as well 11 as conventional banks. 12 if you tell a shadow bank by regulatory powers that you 13 will-- So it's a belt-and-suspenders, that 14 COMMISSIONER HENNESSEY: 15 WITNESS McCULLEY: --on liquidity-- --be robust on capital, and 16 you will be robust on liquidity, then you dramatically 17 reduce the odds of a run. 18 And the problem for a run is that, once one 19 institution is run upon, then you get effectively a 20 contagion effect. 21 COMMISSIONER HENNESSEY: Okay. But then your 22 functional parallel does not require the government to 23 necessarily guarantee any of the--explicitly guarantee the 24 liabilities of a shadow bank if they are sufficiently strong 25 from a regulatory standpoint on both capital and liquidity 315 1 requirements? 2 3 WITNESS McCULLEY: That is my interpretation, yes. 4 COMMISSIONER HENNESSEY: 5 CHAIRMAN ANGELIDES: Okay. Mr. Hennessey, can I just 6 ask a quick question on your time that related to what 7 you're talking about? 8 liquidity on one side must also be combined with some 9 prudence on the asset side? 10 Should I also--the capital and WITNESS McCULLEY: Certainly I think part of 11 regulation, whether it's a conventional bank or a shadow 12 bank, is having guidelines on what is a permitted and not a 13 permitted asset. 14 So I said belt-and-suspenders. 15 a third one in this trio. 16 about how much capital, how much liquidity, and what type of 17 activities that you can engage in so as to ensure safety and 18 soundness. 19 20 So, yes, that. There needs to be CHAIRMAN ANGELIDES: All right. Regulation is I apologize. I just wanted-- 21 COMMISSIONER HENNESSEY: Not a problem. 22 So, and I agree with what you were saying before 23 with Peter, which is obviously if your shadow bank has 24 access to the Discount Window, or something else, then you 25 have to have the strong supervision of it. But the converse 316 1 2 isn't necessarily the case? What I hear you saying is, you do not have to 3 provide shadow banks with access to the Discount Window, or 4 an FDIC-like guarantee of liabilities, as long as you've 5 covered your belt and suspenders and buckles? 6 WITNESS McCULLEY: Is that-- Yes, I think that's right. 7 It's important that you don't have to have mirror treatment 8 from the standpoint of their liabilities. 9 to have essentially a similar framework for capital, 10 11 But you do have liquidity, and activities. And then I come back to something that I know is 12 important to you and everybody else, is that if a 13 systemically important institution gets into trouble, that 14 you can orderly unwind it so that if one house in the 15 neighborhood goes down, you don't have a spreading of the 16 fire through the entire neighborhood. 17 COMMISSIONER HENNESSEY: Okay. Good. Now let me 18 take that, and let me zoom all the way out. 19 legislation is moving through the House and Senate, lots of 20 elected officials like to say how the action they're taking 21 is going to make sure this never happens again. 22 And what I always come back to is: Because as What do you 23 mean by "this"? And what it sounds like is, in this piecing 24 together what I'm hearing from you, and what I've heard from 25 the two Secretaries, is that we are not necessarily ending 317 1 up in a situation where a large financial institution won't 2 fail. 3 authority. 4 institutions, if all of the regulatory protections and 5 oversight you're talking about happen; it just won't spread 6 to the rest of the system if what you've designed is robust? 7 Is that the way to think about it? 8 9 10 Right? They may fail. You may have the resolution You can still have runs on large financial WITNESS McCULLEY: think about it. I think that's a good way to We have seen a disorderly unwind of a systemically important institution, and that was ugly. 11 So that we want to avoid. And the architecture 12 that's evolving should include, critically, a means to avoid 13 that. 14 As Secretary Geithner was testifying, we can't 15 outlaw failure in our system. 16 you don't want to outlaw failure. 17 winners and losers. 18 have a proper funeral. 19 become a systemic event. 20 21 24 25 Capitalism is about And when you lose, you go broke and But you don't want to have that COMMISSIONER HENNESSEY: Let me get you--my time is running out--30 seconds? 22 23 In fact, in a capital system CHAIRMAN ANGELIDES: two. Absolutely. You can take We're almost to the finish line. COMMISSIONER HENNESSEY: On this point, I grimace every time I hear one of these elected officials say "never 318 1 again." 2 actual goal should be to try and change this from a 1 in 30 3 year occurrence, to a 1 in 100 or 200, or 300, just because 4 the efficiency costs of going to "never" are far too high. 5 Because the way I think about this is that the Is that--I see some nodding here from Mr. Meier. 6 Is that a better way to--understanding that they're all 7 communicating for other purposes, is that a better way to 8 think about it? 9 of this happening again; we're trying to reduce it That we're not trying to eliminate the risk 10 significantly without having the efficiency costs be too 11 high? 12 Mr. Neal? WITNESS NEAL: It seems to me, if I think about 13 this simply, to me the bright line is around resolution. 14 Can a firm be successfully resolved, or not? 15 firm can be successfully resolved--because I think what the 16 Commission should not want to do is make financial services 17 not a--you know, not a lubricant for the economy. 18 I think if a I think you want a vibrant financial services 19 industry that competes in that regard. I think if a firm, 20 for whatever reason, however it ultimately gets looked at, 21 cannot be resolved because it's too interconnected, it's too 22 global, it's too, something, maybe it's too damaging for its 23 customers, I mean I think those are all things you might 24 consider from that regard, then you would hold it to a 25 standard that wouldn't allow it to need to be resolved in 319 1 that regard. 2 I think regulation of financial services to where 3 you don't have some of the excesses that took place maybe in 4 some of these exotic products, maybe in some of these 5 enormously high leverages that happened in some places, 6 makes sense for everybody. 7 next step, to me again it's just--I'm just telling you my 8 view--it really gets down to where a company, a firm can be 9 resolved successfully, in which case I think they ought to But then when you get to that 10 be regulated, but regulated with a spirit of letting them 11 compete. 12 13 COMMISSIONER HENNESSEY: Could we just here Mr. Meier? 14 CHAIRMAN ANGELIDES: 15 WITNESS MEIER: Yes. Thank you. Commissioner, I think 16 if we manage to a perfection standard of "never again," of 17 never having defaults, or the ability for even a 18 systemically important institution to become insolvent, I 19 think we've probably, to your point, reached the line of 20 governance efficiency. 21 So I do think that it should be more along the 22 lines of institutions can fail. 23 those failures? What's the resolution of 24 And I think to a point made earlier, as well, in 25 terms of the responsibility on the asset side, I said in my 320 1 oral remarks that I do think there's a recognition that 2 there needs to be more, I'm paraphrasing, but there needs to 3 be more due diligence done on the part of investors, more 4 risk analysis. 5 rating agency. 6 And you can't outsource that to a credit I believe that that analysis and assessment needs 7 to be done in-house. 8 credit quality; it speaks to suitability. 9 Because it doesn't speak just to the COMMISSIONER HENNESSEY: Thanks. I think of this 10 as what elements made the system so that it was not 11 sufficiently hardened and insufficiently robust to withstand 12 the shock; whereas, most of the rest of the focus has been 13 about how do we make sure future shocks don't occur, and 14 what elements caused the shocks to be damaging? 15 I think we need to focus on all of the above, but 16 a system that's robust and hardened, so that when bad things 17 happen because regulators are not going to be perfect in the 18 future either, I think is one that is more survivable, 19 basically. 20 Thanks. CHAIRMAN ANGELIDES: Thank you. Ms. Murren. And 21 after Ms. Murren is done, I just have one thing to add into 22 this little discuss, or a question. 23 Go ahead. 24 COMMISSIONER MURREN: 25 Along this thread, but maybe getting down to the Thank you. 321 1 microscopic level and adding some color to it, if you reel 2 back the tape to the fall of '08, from my recollection it 3 was probably one of the more overwhelming and potentially 4 frightening periods of time for corporate America. 5 So we have G.E., who has got a sterling 6 reputation for management, good quality assets, a company 7 that's in a diversified line of businesses. 8 comment on, at that particular moment in time, not with the 9 benefit of hindsight, were you worried about the viability Could you 10 of G.E. Capital? 11 level about your ability to finance the company going 12 forward with long-term debt? 13 believe that the government ultimately, coming in to support 14 the markets, helped you as a company with a great reputation 15 to be able to weather this? 16 And were you worried at the parent company WITNESS NEAL: And to what extent did you I would like to take that, if I 17 can. Everybody was worried. 18 September with the number of failures, we did a lot of 19 contingency planning inside of G.E. 20 As we progressed through We had a lot of levers: a very strong company, 21 the ability to raise capital, the cash position of the 22 parent. 23 terms of just our survivability should the debt markets go 24 away period--you know, it's hard to get your head there--but 25 should it happen, we are a finance company. The lever we haven't talked about a lot is the, in So, you know, 322 1 we collect a lot of cash. 2 some. 3 We're a different model than We collect about $100 billion a quarter of cash. 4 So we would of had to lean into new origination, new 5 business, if things had gotten bad enough. 6 less new credit as we collect obligations that are owed to 7 us to build cash. 8 9 You know, extend But we were never concerned about the viability of the company. The company is strong. The company had a 10 very strong balance sheet through a very difficult time, 11 particularly in terms of the stock price, just in terms of 12 what happened. 13 situation that we couldn't handle. 14 But we never, you know, foresaw a liquidity The way you handle it might not be that 15 attractive in some cases. 16 prudent. We raised equity. 17 company. We cut the dividend back to the parent. 18 Ultimately the parent reduced the dividend. 19 painful actions in many ways. 20 We did what we thought was We put it in the financial These were And I think the never lever we would have--if 21 again the markets were just gone, totally frozen, we would 22 of had to extend less credit. 23 we participated in, while not designed for us, they were 24 designed to stabilize the markets, and I think they did in a 25 way that was enormously beneficial, and it benefitted us as The government programs that 323 1 well, as it did many others in that time, because this was a 2 market phenomenon unlike any that I had imagined in that 3 regard. But we would have gotten through it. 4 The G.E. Capital would probably be a smaller 5 business in the future because of it, but I think what the 6 government did was appropriate. 7 CPFF, these were money makers. 8 9 I think in terms of TLGP, Now at the day one you might not know if it will be or not, but it turned out to be, in that regard. I think 10 they did stabilize things. 11 about a game we didn't have to play in that regard. 12 were ready. 13 Some of it would have been difficult, but just to answer 14 your question, Commissioner, I think we would have come 15 through it. 16 successful business model. 17 So you're asking a question We thought about it. But we We had scenario planning. We're a very strong company with a very COMMISSIONER MURREN: A number of witnesses have 18 made commentary about the feeling that they felt that they 19 had been the subject of market manipulation, rumors in the 20 market, those types of things. 21 though your company, your equities or debt, were ever the 22 target of any kind of issues that might surround rumors in 23 particular relating to G.E. Capital? 24 25 WITNESS NEAL: Did you at any point feel as You know, just my view, and I've heard some of the previous testimony, again this is my 324 1 personal view, you know, it's pack hunting when you're in 2 the sights of some of these large hedge funds, and I think 3 things do happen. 4 You know, sometimes it's real information. 5 Sometimes it may be a rumor. 6 financial services during that period of time that actually 7 came under fire in that regard--we certainly did. 8 survived it. 9 I think anybody that was in We Some didn't, in that regard. But I do think it’s those kinds of activities, we 10 call it--I call it, you know, pack hunting. 11 that that does happen. 12 our share. 13 had almost $50 billion of unmarked CMBS. 14 less than $100 million, and it had been marked. 15 tough to undo it. 16 There are rumors. Because I think We certainly had We had one where it was reported on TV that we We actually had But it was I don't know where it came from, but it was 17 there. But things like that happen. You know, and if you 18 get in a very difficult market, a very scary market for 19 people, if you can get put into a position where there's no 20 buyers of your stock, then the stock value can drop very 21 quickly in that regard. 22 So I think things like that do happen. And, you 23 know, I don't know if it's, you know--you know, I don't know 24 how you could prove it in some cases, but I think we felt 25 some of that, too. 325 1 2 COMMISSIONER MURREN: of you for coming here. 3 Thank you. Thanks to all I appreciate it. CHAIRMAN ANGELIDES: I know the Commissioners are 4 probably anxious to go. 5 two days in this room with a lot of different people, but I 6 do want to ask one--oh, go ahead, Mr. Hennessey. 7 8 We've had 16 hours over the last COMMISSIONER HENNESSEY: Can I just report on two current events? 9 CHAIRMAN ANGELIDES: 10 Absolutely. COMMISSIONER HENNESSEY: One, a Senator on the 11 Floor within about the past hour was asking why the 12 Financial Crisis Inquiry Commission exists if the Senate is 13 about to pass legislation, and suggested that maybe we 14 should be disbanded. 15 discussion. 16 So I just add that into the And then, would note that while the Dow closed 17 down 3.1 percent today, at about 2:30 p.m. it was down 18 nearly 1000 points, which as I remember it is a larger drop 19 than on any single day in September of 2008. 20 point about needing to be robust and able to withstand 21 shocks, there are other shocks out there besides real 22 estate. 23 CHAIRMAN ANGELIDES: So back to my And I assume you're assuming 24 to the latter event, not the former event? 25 drop, not the one Senator on the Floor? The 1000-point 326 1 (Laughter.) 2 COMMISSIONER HENNESSEY: 3 CHAIRMAN ANGELIDES: 4 I just had one, and it relates really to what you Yes. Okay, just to be clear. 5 talked about shocks, because you talked about belts 6 and suspenders, and what was the third thing, Keith? 7 was that phrase? 8 COMMISSIONER HENNESSEY: 9 CHAIRMAN ANGELIDES: What Buckles. Buckles. But I heard you 10 also say the fourth element of that. 11 period of shock, but to keep liquidity in the market was the 12 resolution authority. 13 something. 14 Not so much for the I just want to understand It's important because you as a creditor want to 15 be able to keep lending, and you want to have some certainty 16 as to result, both in terms of priority and timing for 17 disposition of your position. 18 WITNESS McCULLEY: Correct? Resolution authority, a robust 19 one, is important because it provides assurance to the 20 marketplace that a firm can be unwound in an orderly fashion 21 with creditors taking losses but it doesn't create a 22 contagion effect. 23 CHAIRMAN ANGELIDES: Right. But the difference 24 between that and Chapter 11 would be certainty as to 25 priority? Or would it also be, for example, some kind of 327 1 assured DIP financing, Debtor In Possession, financing to 2 carry it through so there's an orderly liquidation of the 3 assets to retain as much value as possible? 4 You know, I'm just trying to get a simple answer, 5 why that and not Chapter 11? 6 WITNESS McCULLEY: 7 Brothers and it didn't work. 8 9 CHAIRMAN ANGELIDES: We tried that with Lehman I can't remember the corporate section for liquidation, 13? 10 11 Or Chapter 7? WITNESS McCULLEY: And there have been a number of proposals by scholarly, thoughtful people on this area. 12 CHAIRMAN ANGELIDES: But in simple terms, is it 13 order priority, the time frame for resolution, as well as 14 some funding mechanism so you don't have to dump assets 15 quickly? 16 WITNESS McCULLEY: That is essentially the 17 framework, including a mechanism through essentially the DIP 18 financing to provide comfort to counterparties. 19 CHAIRMAN ANGELIDES: Right. 20 comfort to counterparties, correct? 21 lend in reasonably. 22 financing? 23 This is all about So you'll continue to And who would provide the DIP WITNESS MEIER: Mr. Chairman, if I could answer 24 your earlier question, I do think the resolution process, in 25 terms of leveraged institutions with securities holdings 328 1 that rely on say repurchase agreements, that that resolution 2 would entail an orderly liquidation of those assets, as 3 opposed to each fully secured counterparty grabbing their 4 collateral and rushing to the market and dumping them at any 5 price. 6 CHAIRMAN ANGELIDES: Right. Okay, I understand. 7 So it's not necessarily DIP financing, because it's not an 8 ongoing concern. 9 Correct? WITNESS MEIER: Yes. 10 CHAIRMAN ANGELIDES: 11 WITNESS McCULLEY: All right. There could be some type of 12 temporary DIP financing, but it's simply temporary to bridge 13 you to the day where the funeral is conducted. 14 15 CHAIRMAN ANGELIDES: And presumably it would be priced to attract whoever would provide it. 16 WITNESS McCULLEY: 17 CHAIRMAN ANGELIDES: 18 Thank you very, very much, for your time. 19 Commissioners, for your hard work. 20 Yes. All right. We could go on. To the And I want to, before we adjourn, I want to thank 21 Chairman Chris Dodd and the staff of the Senate Banking, 22 Housing and Urban Affairs Committee for giving us this room, 23 and giving us the support necessary to hold these two days 24 of hearings on the shadow banking system. 25 Thank you very much. The meeting of the 329 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 Financial Crisis Inquiry Commission is adjourned. (Whereupon, at 5:05 p.m., Thursday, May 6, 2010, the meeting was adjourned.)